Merge branch 'master' into SethAdcock-tc-create-1

# Conflicts:
#	en_tn_67-REV.tsv

en_tn_04-NUM.tsv

@@ -1570,14 +1570,14 @@ NUM	29	1	d1mb	figs-synecdoche		0	It will be a day when you blow trumpets	The wor
 NUM	29	3	k2nl	figs-possession		0	their grain offering	This refers to the grain offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the grain offerings that are offered with them” or “the grain offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 NUM	29	3	mh5z	figs-activepassive		0	mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	29	3	yys9	translate-fraction	שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	three-tenths	The **three-tenths** means three parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-NUM	29	3	cruv	translate-bvolume	שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	three-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
+NUM	29	3	cruv	translate-bvolume	שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	three-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	29	3	wfp3	figs-ellipsis	שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	three-tenths	The phrase “of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated. Alternate translation: “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	29	3	c9pg	translate-fraction	שְׁנֵ֥י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֖ים	1	two-tenths	The **two-tenths** means two parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
 NUM	29	3	l8ml	translate-bvolume	שְׁנֵ֥י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֖ים	1	two-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	29	3	yylr	figs-ellipsis	שְׁנֵ֥י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֖ים	1	two-tenths	The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	29	4	chq7	translate-fraction	וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד	1	and one-tenth	The **one-tenth** means one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-NUM	29	4	uehg	translate-bvolume	וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד	1	and one-tenth	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
-NUM	29	4	fdnd	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד	1	and one-tenth	The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence.  Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	29	4	uehg	translate-bvolume	וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד	1	and one-tenth	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
+NUM	29	4	fdnd	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד	1	and one-tenth	The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	29	5	b36k	figs-abstractnouns		0	to make atonement	The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	29	6	frt3			0	of each month: the special burnt offering … with it	This is the offering that is made on the first day of each month. Alternate translation: “of each month—the special burnt offering … with it”
 NUM	29	6	h1cf	figs-possession		0	the regular burnt offering, its grain offering, and its drink offerings	This refers to the offerings the priests were to give every day. The grain offering and drink offering were to be offered with the regular burnt offering. Alternate translation: “the regular burnt offering, with the grain offering and drink offerings that accompany it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1588,14 +1588,14 @@ NUM	29	7	v4f3	translate-hebrewmonths	וּ⁠בֶ⁠עָשׂוֹר֩ לַ⁠חֹ
 NUM	29	7	dka4			0	have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh	The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event. Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh”
 NUM	29	9	k4tv	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	29	9	ufz8	translate-fraction	שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	three-tenths	The **three-tenths** means three parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-NUM	29	9	qwhd	translate-bvolume	שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	three-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
+NUM	29	9	qwhd	translate-bvolume	שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	three-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	29	9	argg	figs-ellipsis	שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	three-tenths	The words “of an ephah” are understood from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters) ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	29	9	bde9	translate-fraction	שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים	1	two-tenths	The **two-tenths** means two parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-NUM	29	9	muuk	translate-bvolume	שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים	1	two-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
+NUM	29	9	muuk	translate-bvolume	שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים	1	two-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	29	9	k18z	figs-ellipsis	שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים	1	two-tenths	The words “of an ephah” are understood from earlier in the verse. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	29	10	n1nx	translate-fraction	עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן	1	a tenth, a tenth	The **tenth** means one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
 NUM	29	10	isyt	translate-bvolume	עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן	1	a tenth, a tenth	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
-NUM	29	10	y5ik	figs-ellipsis	עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן	1	a tenth, a tenth	The words “of an ephah” are understood and you may state them clearly.  Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	29	10	y5ik	figs-ellipsis	עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן	1	a tenth, a tenth	The words “of an ephah” are understood and you may state them clearly. Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	29	11	ray5	figs-abstractnouns		0	of atonement	The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “that atones for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	29	11	cc81	figs-possession		0	its grain offering, and their drink offerings	The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 NUM	29	12	kw4n	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֜וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י	1	And on day 15 of the seventh month	Alternate translation: “day 15 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -1607,10 +1607,10 @@ NUM	29	13	u88p	translate-numbers		0	thirteen young bulls, two rams, and fourteen
 NUM	29	14	ja5h	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	29	14	idt9	translate-fraction	שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים	1	three-tenths	The **three-tenths** means three parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
 NUM	29	14	h524	translate-bvolume	שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים	1	three-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
-NUM	29	14	lvme	figs-ellipsis	שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים	1	three-tenths	The phrase “an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence and can be repeated. Alternate translation: “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	29	14	lvme	figs-ellipsis	שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים	1	three-tenths	The phrase “an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence and can be repeated. Alternate translation: “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	29	14	hgf4	translate-numbers		0	thirteen bulls	Alternate translation: “13 bulls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	29	14	qmq4	translate-fraction	שְׁנֵ֤י עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	two-tenths	The **two-tenths** means two parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-NUM	29	14	r1ry	translate-bvolume	שְׁנֵ֤י עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	two-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
+NUM	29	14	r1ry	translate-bvolume	שְׁנֵ֤י עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	two-tenths	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	29	14	xcn4	figs-ellipsis	שְׁנֵ֤י עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙	1	two-tenths	The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour” is understood from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	29	15	jj7t	translate-numbers		0	fourteen lambs	Alternate translation: “14 lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	29	15	qqa5	translate-fraction	וְ⁠עִשָּׂרׄוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן	1	and a tenth, a tenth	The **tenth** means one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

en_tn_06-JOS.tsv

@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ JOS	22	24	qr6z	figs-rquestion	מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ
 JOS	22	25	qfc4			0	General Information:	The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
 JOS	22	25	w2sv	figs-hypo	וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	For Yahweh has made the Jordan … nothing to do with Yahweh	This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 JOS	22	25	w3az		אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן	1	the Jordan	This is a short name for the Jordan River.
-JOS	22	25	iy97	figs-hypo	 וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה	1	So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh	The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+JOS	22	25	iy97	figs-hypo	וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה	1	So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh	The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 JOS	22	26	ueg6			0	General Information:	The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
 JOS	22	27	m97u	figs-metaphor	עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם	1	to be a witness between us and you	The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOS	22	27	gs6k	figs-hypo	וְ⁠לֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה	1	so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, “You have no share in Yahweh.”	This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])

en_tn_09-1SA.tsv

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1SA	1	intro	cj3l			0		# 1 Samuel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1, Samuel chapters 1-7, which tell about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Two wives<br>This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])<br><br>### “Pay his vow”<br>It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idioms<br><br>When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.”
 1SA	1	1	xa1t	translate-names	הָ⁠רָמָתַ֛יִם	1	the Ramathaim	This is the name of a small village possibly located eight kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1SA	1	1	mwm2	translate-names	צוֹפִ֖ים	1	the Zuphites	The phrase **the Zuphites** refers to the people group that descended from Zuph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1SA	1	1	hizk	translate-names	אֶפְרָ֑יִם	1	Ephraim	Here, **Ephraim** refers to the land that was allotted to the people belonging to the Israelite tribe of Ephraim (see Joshua 16:1-9). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+1SA	1	1	hizk	translate-names	אֶפְרָ֑יִם	1	Ephraim	Here, **Ephraim** refers to the land that was allotted to the people belonging to the Israelite tribe of Ephraim (see Joshua 16:1-9).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1SA	1	1	cjl8	translate-names	אֶ֠לְקָנָה…יְרֹחָ֧ם…אֱלִיה֛וּא…תֹּ֥חוּ…צ֖וּף	1	was Elkanah … Jeroham … Elihu … Tohu … Zuph	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1SA	1	1	x8xp	translate-names	אֶפְרָתִֽי	1	an Ephraimite	Here, **Ephraimite** refers to anyone living in the territory of Ephraim. <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1SA	1	2	roc0	writing-pronouns	וְ⁠ל⁠וֹ֙	1	And for him	The pronoun **him** refers to Elkanah. <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1SA	1	5	cg80	translate-unknown	מָנָ֥ה	1	portion	Here, **portion** refers to the portion of meat that God let the people eat from the animal which they sacrificed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1SA	1	6	f5cg	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠כִֽעֲסַ֤תָּ⁠ה צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙ גַּם־כַּ֔עַס בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְּעִמָ֑⁠הּ	1	And her rival would provoke her, even with provocation in order to cause her to thunder	This means that Peninnah would intentionally seek ways to humiliate and mock Hannah so that she would feel emotionally disturbed and be greatly troubled in spirit. You can translate this in a way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Peninnah would intentionally provoke Hannah severely, for the purpose of hurting her feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1SA	1	6	lrs0	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כִֽעֲסַ֤תָּ⁠ה צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙ גַּם־כַּ֔עַס	1	And her rival would provoke her, even with provocation	The word **provocation** is an abstract noun. If it would be more natural in your language you may translate this word using a verb phrase or adjective. Alternate translation: “And Peninnah would intentionally provoke Hannah severely” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
-1SA	1	6	mw8a		צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙	1	her rival	Here, **her rival** refers to Hannah’s rival Peninnah. It is probable that Elkanah took Peninnah as his second wife after Hannah was unable to bear children so that he could have offspring by Penninah. This would result in Hannah and Peninnah viewing each other as rivals. You can use a word or phrase that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his second wife” or “her co-wife”
+1SA	1	6	mw8a		צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙	1	her rival	Here, **her rival** refers to Hannah’s rival Peninnah. It is probable that Elkanah took Peninnah as his second wife after Hannah was unable to bear children so that he could have offspring by Penninah. This would result in Hannah and Peninnah viewing each other as rivals. You can use a word or phrase that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his second wife” or“her co-wife”
 1SA	1	6	gq73	figs-simile	הַרְּעִמָ֑⁠הּ	1	cause her to thunder	The phrase **cause her to thunder** is a figurative way of saying that Peninnah’s actions caused Hannah to be greatly irritated or troubled. The point of this comparison is that Peninnah would cause Hannah to be greatly bothered and disrupted in a way that is similar to the sky being disrupted to the point of thundering. You can communicate this in a way which would be most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1SA	1	6	wy2z		בְּעַ֥ד רַחְמָֽ⁠הּ	1	shut up her womb	The phrase **shut up her womb** is a used figuratively to mean that Yahweh had not allowed Hannah to become pregnant. You can use a phrase that would be most natural in your language.<br>Alternative translation: “made her barren” or “prevented her from becoming pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1SA	1	7	bzk3	figs-go	עֲלֹתָ⁠הּ֙	1	she went up	Here, **went up** indicates that in order to reach Shiloh, Elkanah had to travel from a lower location to a higher location because Shiloh was located in a mountainous region. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

en_tn_17-EST.tsv

@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ EST	3	7	j15r		מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶ
 EST	3	7	j17r	figs-explicit	מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ	1	from day to day and from month to month	Haman was casting the lot to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EST	3	7	ih4b	translate-hebrewmonths	שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר	1	the twelfth, which is the month of Adar	**Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. This name occurs several times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
 EST	3	7	abk6		שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר	1	the twelfth, which is the month of Adar	See how you decided in [2:16](../02/16.md) and the first part of this verse to represent the dates that are given in the Hebrew calendar in the book of Esther. Be consistent.
-EST	3	7	abk7	figs-explicit	שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר	1	the twelfth, which is the month of Adar	This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate Translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EST	3	7	abk7	figs-explicit	שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר	1	the twelfth, which is the month of Adar	This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EST	3	7	k3vd	translate-ordinal	שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר	1	the twelfth	Alternative translation: “month twelve” or “the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EST	3	8	abk8	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ	1	Then Haman said to the king Ahasuerus	The implication is that Haman then went to see the king so that he could speak with him. You could say that explicitly. Do not give your readers the impression that the king was present with Haman while he was casting the lot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EST	3	8	aig9	translate-numbers	יֶשְׁנ֣⁠וֹ עַם־אֶחָ֗ד	1	He has one people	**He** refers to the king, and **one people** refers to the Jews as a people group. So this means there is a people group or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

en_tn_43-LUK.tsv

@@ -2334,7 +2334,6 @@ LUK	13	8	l857	figs-hendiadys	ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει	1	answering
 LUK	13	8	l2ks		ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος	1	leave it this year also	Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
 LUK	13	8	st4w	translate-unknown	βάλω κόπρια	1	put on manure	The word **manure** means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	13	9	w5qh	figs-ellipsis	κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	If indeed it bears fruit in the coming one	The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	13	9	l928	figs-nominaladj	εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	in the coming one	The gardener is using the participle **coming**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. In context, this means “in the coming year.” If your language does not use adjectives this way, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “next year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	13	9	j4ul	figs-declarative	ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν	1	you will cut it down	The servant is using a statement to make a suggestion. He is not giving a command in the form of a future statement, as some languages allow speakers to do. Alternate translation: “you can have me cut it down for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	13	10	p3el	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	13	10	c3j8		ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν	1	on the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
@@ -2622,7 +2621,6 @@ LUK	15	4	pxm3	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχω
 LUK	15	4	l989	figs-hypo	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave	Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	15	4	m048	figs-123person	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it	Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	15	4	l990	figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Which man among you	This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-LUK	15	4	l991	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀπολωλὸς	1	the lost one	Here, Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show that. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	15	5	l992	figs-123person	καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων	1	And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing	If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	15	5	xwa5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ	1	he lays it on his shoulders	This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	15	6	g3f3	figs-123person	καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον, συνκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας	1	And coming to the house, he calls together his friends and his neighbors	If you decided that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “And when you got back to your house, you would call together your friends and neighbors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -2936,9 +2934,7 @@ LUK	17	9	qs51	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ,
 LUK	17	9	m125	figs-explicit	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	9	jn5s	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	17	9	m126		μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ	1	he does not have gratitude to the servant	Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
-LUK	17	9	m127	figs-nominaladj	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	the things commanded	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	17	9	a1fm	figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	the things commanded	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	17	10	m128	figs-nominaladj	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	the things commanded you	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	17	10	ub27	figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	the things commanded you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	10	m129	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	say, ‘We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do.’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	17	10	m130	figs-exclusive	δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do	People who would say this would be speaking about themselves but not about God, to whom they would be speaking, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -3264,7 +3260,6 @@ LUK	19	9	m274	figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ	1	a son of Abraham	Jesus ma
 LUK	19	9	v3hq	figs-idiom	υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ	1	a son of Abraham	Alternatively, Jesus could be using the expression **son of** as an idiom to mean someone who shares the qualities of someone else. Alternate translation: “a person who has faith as Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	10	myp2	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	19	10	m275	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	19	10	fqx4	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	the lost	Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	19	10	m276	figs-123person	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	the lost	If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	19	10	m277	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	the lost	Jesus is using the term **lost** figuratively. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	11	m278	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
@@ -3597,7 +3592,7 @@ LUK	20	41	sq2g	writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	they say	Here Jesus is using
 LUK	20	41	b7rb	figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν	1	the son of David	Here Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	41	m412	translate-names	Δαυεὶδ	1	David	**David** is the name of a man, Israel’s most important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	20	42	y972	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Δαυεὶδ	1	For David himself	Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was **David**, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-LUK	20	42	z0vc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: "I ask this question because" See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	20	42	z0vc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: “I ask this question because” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	20	42	m413		λέγει	1	says	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
 LUK	20	42	h2al	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	says in the book of Psalms, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	20	42	e1i2	figs-euphemism	εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	The Lord said to my Lord	Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -3649,7 +3644,7 @@ LUK	21	6	m432	figs-activepassive	ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	which
 LUK	21	7	rix4	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν…αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	21	7	m433		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 LUK	21	7	a11j	figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	when therefore will these things be, and what will be the sign when these things are about to happen	The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	21	8	bbri	figs-quotesinquotes	βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am {he},’ and, ‘The time has come near.’	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 
+LUK	21	8	bbri	figs-quotesinquotes	βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am {he},’ and, ‘The time has come near.’	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	21	8	vu18	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	you are not deceived	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	8	f1ed	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	8	h6zp	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am he	The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4252,12 +4247,10 @@ LUK	23	46	mix5	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι
 LUK	23	46	m666		τὸ Πνεῦμά μου	1	my spirit	The **spirit** of a person lives on after they die. So you could also translate this as a reference to Jesus’ life after death. Alternate translation: “my life”
 LUK	23	46	bd6y	figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1	he breathed out	Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	23	47	p6lh	figs-explicit	ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης	1	the centurion	The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	47	ar1d	figs-nominaladj	ἰδὼν…τὸ γενόμενον	1	having seen the thing having happened	Luke is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **thing** to show this. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he saw what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	47	m667	figs-explicit	τὸ γενόμενον	1	the thing having happened	This expression is singular and so it refers to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. (The expression is plural in the next verse, where it refers to all of the events of the crucifixiion.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	47	m668		ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων	1	glorified God, saying	This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
 LUK	23	47	c2ti		ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν	1	this man was righteous	Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
 LUK	23	48	gt8y	figs-explicit	συνπαραγενόμενοι…ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην	1	that had come together for this spectacle	The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	48	yq19	figs-nominaladj	θεωρήσαντες τὰ γενόμενα	1	having seen the things having happened	Luke is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **things** to show this, since the participle is plural. It refers to all of the events of the crucifixion, not just to the way Jesus died. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when they saw all that had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	48	whs7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεφον	1	returned	The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	48	ft9q	translate-symaction	τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη	1	beating their breasts	As in [18:13](../18/13.md), this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	23	49	m669	figs-nominaladj	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -4363,7 +4356,6 @@ LUK	24	17	m714		ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί	1	they stood still, gloo
 LUK	24	18	m715	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς εἶπεν	1	Then, answering, one named Cleopas said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Then one named Cleopas responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	24	18	bqc9	translate-names	Κλεοπᾶς	1	Cleopas	**Cleopas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	18	qx7m	figs-rquestion	σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις?	1	Are you alone visiting Jerusalem and have not known the things that have happened in her in these days?	Cleopas does not expect Jesus to tell him whether he is the only visitor to Jerusalem who does not know what has recently happened in the city. Rather, Cleopas is using the question form to show his surprise, since he expects that everyone would know about these events. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person visiting Jerusalem who does not know what has just happened in the city!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	24	18	m716	figs-nominaladj	τὰ γενόμενα	1	the things having happened	Cleopas is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **things** to show this, since the participle is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the events that have taken place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	24	18	m717	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	in her	Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	18	m718	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in these days	Cleopas is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” or “recently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	19	aj5c	figs-explicit	ποῖα	1	What kind	This implicitly means, “**What kind** of things?” But by asking about the quality of the events, rather than just the fact of the events (“What things?”), Jesus is acknowledging that they must have been very special. Alternate translation: “What kind of things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4470,7 +4462,6 @@ LUK	24	43	j8qf	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	he ate
 LUK	24	44	m774	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	These are my words that I spoke to you	Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	44	tfk8		ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν	1	when I was still with you	Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
 LUK	24	44	q7x8	figs-merism	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things written about me in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms	Jesus is referring figuratively to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-LUK	24	44	m775	figs-nominaladj	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things having been written about me	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything that is written about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	24	44	g76a	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things having been written about me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	44	m776	translate-names	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις	1	in the law of Moses, and in the prophets	Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	44	m777	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ψαλμοῖς	1	in the Psalms	Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, **Psalms**, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

@@ -2667,8 +2667,8 @@ JHN	21	16	p9vr	translate-ordinal	δεύτερον	1	do you love me	If your langu
 JHN	21	16	rfew	figs-explicit	ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε	1	do you love me	The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	16	vk16	figs-metaphor	ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου	1	Take care of my sheep	This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in the previous verse. See how you translated that similar sentence there. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd takes care of lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	17	cysn	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	17	fj84	translate-ordinal	τὸ τρίτον…τὸ τρίτον	2	He said to him a third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “time number 3 … time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-JHN	21	17	kmch	figs-explicit	φιλεῖς με…φιλεῖς με…φιλῶ σε	2		The three occurrences of **love** in this verse are all the same word in the original language. However, this word is different from the word Jesus used for **love** in the previous two verses when he asked Peter, “Do you love me?” You should use the same word for **love** in this verse that you used for Peter’s responses in the previous two verses when he said, “You know that I love you.” See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with affection … Do you love me with affection … I love you with affection” or “do you love me like a friend … Do you love me like a friend … I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	17	fj84	translate-ordinal	τὸ τρίτον…τὸ τρίτον	1	He said to him a third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “time number 3 … time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+JHN	21	17	kmch	figs-explicit	φιλεῖς με…φιλεῖς με…φιλῶ σε	1		The three occurrences of **love** in this verse are all the same word in the original language. However, this word is different from the word Jesus used for **love** in the previous two verses when he asked Peter, “Do you love me?” You should use the same word for **love** in this verse that you used for Peter’s responses in the previous two verses when he said, “You know that I love you.” See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with affection … Do you love me with affection … I love you with affection” or “do you love me like a friend … Do you love me like a friend … I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	17	ayds	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, φιλεῖς με	1	He said to him a third time	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked him the third time if he loved him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	21	17	p8aa	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου	1	Feed my sheep	This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in verse 15 and “Take care of my sheep” in the previous verse. See how you translated those similar sentences in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	18	sqb7	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

en_tn_50-EPH.tsv

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ EPH	front	intro	e3di			0		# Introduction to Ephesians<br><br><br>## Part 1: Gene
 EPH	1	intro	fg42			0		# Ephesians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “I pray”<br><br>Paul structures part of this chapter like a prayer of praise to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is teaching the church in Ephesus. He also tells the Ephesians how he is praying for them.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” See the use of the word “predestine” in 1:5, 11. Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])
 EPH	1	1	kx1g	figs-you		0	General Information:	Paul names himself as the writer of this letter to the believers in the church at Ephesus (and elsewhere). Except where noted, all instances of “you” and “your” refer to the Ephesian believers as well as to all believers, and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EPH	1	1	ilf2		Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ…τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν	1	Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus … to the saints who are	Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and the intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ … write this letter to you, God’s holy people”
-EPH	1	1	u73p	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him, picturing believers as being surrounded by Christ. Alternate Translation: “in close relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	1	1	u73p	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him, picturing believers as being surrounded by Christ. Alternate translation: “in close relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	2	x9ey		χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace to you and peace	This is a common greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing.
 EPH	1	3	lm67	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 EPH	1	3	zdh3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers’ position and their safety before God.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ EPH	1	16	scy9	figs-litotes	οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν	1	I have
 EPH	1	16	aby9	figs-hyperbole	οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν	1	I have not stopped giving thanks	Paul uses this exaggeration to emphasize that he thanks God very often. Alternate translation: “I continue to thank God” or “I often thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 EPH	1	17	abcd	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Paul prays for the Ephesians. The result is that God would enlighten the Ephesians about all that he has done for them through Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	1	17	b7l1		πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ	1	a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him	Alternate translation: “spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation”
-EPH	1	18	gbl7	figs-metonymy	πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας	1	that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or thinking. Alternate Translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EPH	1	18	gbl7	figs-metonymy	πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας	1	that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or thinking. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	1	18	iv1h	figs-activepassive	πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας	1	that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may give you understanding” or “that God may enlighten your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	1	18	abcg	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας	1	that the eyes of your heart	The phrase **eyes of your heart** is a metaphor for one’s ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding and be enlightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	1	18	m5j5		πεφωτισμένους	1	that … bay be enlightened	Alternate translation: “that … may be made to see”
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ EPH	2	2	i7d4	figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου
 EPH	2	2	n5d2		τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος	1	the ruler of the authorities of the air	This refers to the devil or Satan.
 EPH	2	2	bj9y		τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν ἐνεργοῦντος	1	the spirit that is now working	Alternate translation: “the spirit of Satan, who is currently working”
 EPH	2	2	ab9y	figs-idiom	τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας	1	the sons of disobedience	“people who routinely disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EPH	2	3	d3wd	figs-metonymy	τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν	1	the desires of the body and of the mind	The words **body** and **mind** represent the entire person. Alternate Translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EPH	2	3	d3wd	figs-metonymy	τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν	1	the desires of the body and of the mind	The words **body** and **mind** represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EPH	2	3	zd6v	figs-idiom	τέκνα…ὀργῆς	1	children of wrath	“people with whom God is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EPH	2	4	abco	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The love and mercy of God is in sharp contrast to the evil way the Ephesians lived before they believed in God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EPH	2	4	chm6	figs-abstractnouns	Θεὸς πλούσιος ὢν ἐν ἐλέει	1	God is rich in mercy	The word **mercy** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God is abundantly merciful” or “God is very kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ EPH	3	6	pqy3		εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη, συνκληρονόμα…διὰ τ
 EPH	3	6	y88q		σύνσωμα	1	fellow members of the body	The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
 EPH	3	6	wxs4		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
 EPH	3	6	i4h7		διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	through the gospel	This could mean: (1) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise. (2) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
-EPH	3	8	y97f	figs-metaphor	ἀνεξιχνίαστον	1	unsearchable	Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate Translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	3	8	y97f	figs-metaphor	ἀνεξιχνίαστον	1	unsearchable	Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	3	8	e96z	figs-metaphor	πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	riches of Christ	Paul speaks of the truth about **Christ** and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	3	9	f2zp	figs-activepassive	τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι	1	of the mystery that was hidden from the ages in God who created all things	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	3	10	abd3	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of God revealing the mystery of the church to Paul is to enable the rulers in the heavenly places to see the wisdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ EPH	4	1	abda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	The connecting wor
 EPH	4	1	uss5		ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	the prisoner for the Lord	Alternate translation: “someone who is in prison because he serves the Lord”
 EPH	4	1	zxr1	figs-metaphor	ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως	1	to walk worthily of the calling	The phrase **to walk** is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	1	abc5		τῆς κλήσεως ἧς ἐκλήθητε	1	of the calling by which you were called	Here, **the calling** refers to the fact that God chose them to be his people. Alternate translation: “because God chose you to be his people”
-EPH	4	2	zs6s	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος	1	with all humility and gentleness, with patience	The words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience** are abstract nouns. Alternate Translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	4	2	zs6s	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος	1	with all humility and gentleness, with patience	The words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	3	pi5c	figs-metaphor	τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης	1	to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace	Here Paul speaks of **peace** as if it were a **bond** that ties people together. This is a metaphor for being united with other people by living peacefully with them. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	3	ab5c	figs-abstractnouns	τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης	1	to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace	The words **unity** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	4	4	x5kv		ἓν σῶμα	1	There is one body	The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ EPH	5	13	vqi7	figs-metaphor	πᾶν…τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐ
 EPH	5	14	abdz	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that their sins will be revealed by the light. The result is that sinners should allow Christ to shine on them. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EPH	5	14	z4ar	figs-apostrophe	ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead	This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject. (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 EPH	5	14	abcl	figs-apostrophe	ὁ καθεύδων	1	O sleeper	This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing this comment directly to the believers who are reading or hearing the letter. (2) Paul is addressing this comment directly to unbelievers who are not reading or hearing the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
-EPH	5	14	e873	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again and is a metaphor for becoming alive spiritually and living for God. Alternate Translation: “from among all those who have died” or “from among those who are spiritually dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	5	14	e873	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again and is a metaphor for becoming alive spiritually and living for God. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died” or “from among those who are spiritually dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	14	ma8w	figs-you	ἐπιφαύσει σοι	1	will shine on you	Here, **you** refers to the “sleeper” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EPH	5	14	ym6b	figs-metaphor	ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός	1	Christ will shine on you	**Christ** will enable an unbeliever to understand how evil his deeds are and how Christ will forgive him and give him new life, just as light shows what actually is there that the darkness had hid. This aso applies to anything that a believer has not yet recognized as sinful. Alternate translation: “Christ will show you what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	5	15	du5n		βλέπετε οὖν ἀκριβῶς πῶς περιπατεῖτε, μὴ ὡς ἄσοφοι, ἀλλ’ ὡς σοφοί	1	Watch carefully, therefore, how you walk—not as unwise but as wise	People who are **unwise** do not guard themselves against sin. Wise people, however, can identify sin and flee from it. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you must be careful to live as a wise person rather than a foolish person”
@@ -443,10 +443,10 @@ EPH	6	16	n65c	figs-metaphor	ἐν πᾶσιν ἀναλαβόντες τὸν θ
 EPH	6	16	ab5d	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως	1	of the faith	The word **faith** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “that represents how much you trust in the Lord” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	16	djl5	figs-metaphor	τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ πεπυρωμένα	1	the flaming arrows of the evil one	The attacks of the devil against a believer are like **flaming arrows** shot at a soldier by an enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	17	g2kw	figs-metaphor	τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε	1	Take the helmet of salvation	The **salvation** that God gives protects the believer’s mind just as a **helmet** protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EPH	6	17	abkw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ σωτηρίου	1	of salvation	The word **salvation** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate Translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EPH	6	17	abkw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ σωτηρίου	1	of salvation	The word **salvation** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	17	c191	figs-metaphor	τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God	In this metaphor, God’s message is compared to a soldier’s **sword**. Just as soldiers use a sword to fight and defeat their enemy, so a believer can use God’s message in the Bible to fight against the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	6	18	mu4w		διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit	Alternate translation: “Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests”
-EPH	6	18	g1i7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς αὐτὸ	1	to this end	The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate Translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EPH	6	18	g1i7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς αὐτὸ	1	to this end	The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 EPH	6	18	i5hm	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων	1	be watchful with all perseverance and requests for all the saints	The word **perseverance** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “persevere in being alert, and pray for all God’s holy people” or “pray with constant alertness for all the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EPH	6	19	rm1h			0	Connecting Statement:	In closing this letter, Paul asks his readers to pray for his boldness in telling the gospel while he is in prison and he says that he is sending Tychicus to comfort them.
 EPH	6	19	j135	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μοι δοθῇ λόγος	1	so that a message might be given to me	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God might give me the word” or “God might give me the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

en_tn_51-PHP.tsv

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ PHP	3	5	we4t		κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος	1	according to the law, a
 PHP	3	6	f81s		κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1		In this verse Paul finishes naming the things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ.
 PHP	3	6	ksr3	figs-explicit	κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	according to zeal, persecuting the church	Here, the phrase **persecuting the church** is explaining the extent of Paul’s **zeal**. Before Paul believed in Jesus, he thought that by **persecuting the church**, he was serving God and ensuring that the law of Moses was honored and obeyed. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of the phrase **according to zeal, persecuting the church**, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “having so much desire to serve God that I persecuted the church” or “wanting so much to honor God, I persecuted the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	6	n51b	grammar-collectivenouns	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	persecuting the church	Here, **church** is a collective noun. The phrase **the church** refers to Christians as a whole and includes anyone belonging to the group of people who follow Jesus. What Paul means by saying that he had persecuted **the church** is that he formerly persecuted anyone who was a Christian. Alternate translation: “persecuting Christians” or “persecuting anyone who was a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-PHP	3	6	hln8	figs-explicit	κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1	according to righteousness that is under the law, having become blameless	The phrase **righteousness that is in the law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating it plainly. Alternate Translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	3	6	hln8	figs-explicit	κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος	1	according to righteousness that is under the law, having become blameless	The phrase **righteousness that is in the law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	7	i2td	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		This entire verse is Paul’s response to the seven things he listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	3	7	lb8f	figs-metaphor	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1	a profit … loss	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	7	n4lg	figs-explicit	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1	Whatever was a profit for me	Here, the phrase **Whatever was profit to me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

en_tn_52-COL.tsv

@@ -431,15 +431,15 @@ COL	3	17	uix9	figs-idiom	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in th
 COL	3	17	bv84	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	through him	The phrase **through him** does not mean that the prayers of thanks are mediated to God the Father by God the Son. Rather, it is **through** the Son that the Colossians are able to give thanks. This means that they can give thanks because of what the Son has done for them. If that meaning of **through him** would not be understood in your language, you could express the idea with a preposition such as “because” or clarify that it is **through** the “work” of the Son. Alternate translation: “because of what he has done” or “through his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	18	tt9u		αἱ γυναῖκες	1	Wives, submit to your husbands	Here Paul directly addresses the **wives** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You wives”
 COL	3	18	gtft	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	is fitting	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form with a verb such as “obey” or “submit.” Alternate translation: “obey your husbands” or “submit to your husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	3	18	dc5v	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	is fitting	Here Paul does not explicitly state that wives must **be subjected** to “their own” husbands. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each wife’s husband in mind. Alternate translation: “to {your own} husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	3	18	dc5v	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἀνδράσιν	1	is fitting	Here Paul does not explicitly state that wives must **be subjected** to “their own” husbands. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each wife’s husband in mind. Alternate translation: “to your own husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	18	juqx	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὡς	1	is fitting	Here, the word **as** functions to introduce the reason why “wives” should “be subjected to” their **husbands**. If **as** does not indicate a reason in your language, you could express this idea using a causal word such as “since” or “because.” Alternate translation: “because this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	18	b2y3	translate-unknown	ἀνῆκεν	1	is fitting	The phrase **is fitting** refers to what or to whom something properly belongs. If **is fitting** would be misunderstood your language, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that identifies proper behavior in specific circumstances. Alternate translation: “is suitable” or “suits your position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	18	y1m8	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	is fitting	Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of believers with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord** or united to the Lord is the standard for how to behave. Alternate translation: “in your union with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	19	apyy		οἱ ἄνδρες	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul directly addresses the **husbands** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You husbands”
-COL	3	19	n9dm	figs-explicit	τὰς γυναῖκας	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul does not explicitly state that husbands must **love** “their own” wives. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each husband’s wife in mind. Alternate translation: “{your own} wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	3	19	n9dm	figs-explicit	τὰς γυναῖκας	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul does not explicitly state that husbands must **love** “their own” wives. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each husband’s wife in mind. Alternate translation: “your own wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	19	lc4a	translate-unknown	μὴ πικραίνεσθε πρὸς	1	do not be embittered against	The phrase **be embittered** could refer to (1) the husband doing or saying things that cause his wife to be bitter or upset with him. Alternate translation: “do not do what makes them bitter against you” (2) the husband becoming bitter or upside with his wife for doing or saying certain things. Alternate translation: “do not become bitter against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	20	mlu2		τὰ τέκνα	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul directly addresses the **Children** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You children”
-COL	3	20	imh3	figs-explicit	τοῖς γονεῦσιν	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul does not explicitly state that children must **obey** “their own” parents. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each child’s parents in mind. Alternate translation: “{your own} parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	3	20	imh3	figs-explicit	τοῖς γονεῦσιν	1	do not be embittered against	Here Paul does not explicitly state that children must **obey** “their own” parents. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each child’s parents in mind. Alternate translation: “your own parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	20	gu2o	figs-idiom	κατὰ πάντα	1	do not be embittered against	The phrase **in all things** is an idiom that indicates that children should obey “everything their parents command” or “in every situation.” If **in all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **things** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	20	kadq	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	do not be embittered against	The word **for** introduces the basis or reason for somethin; here it is Paul’s command to children. Use a word that indicates the reason for a command in your language. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	3	20	vbad	translate-unknown	εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν	1	do not be embittered against	If something **is pleasing**, that means that the person it “pleases” finds that thing acceptable, agreeable, or pleasant. If **is pleasing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that emphasizes that obedience to parents is something that is acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “is acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ COL	3	21	fvi7	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἀθυμῶσιν	1	do not provoke your
 COL	3	21	bjk2	translate-unknown	ἀθυμῶσιν	1	do not provoke your children	The phrase **they may … be discouraged** describes the feeling of despair or hopelessness. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “they may … despair” or “they may … lose heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	22	lf6k		οἱ δοῦλοι	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	Here Paul directly addresses the **Slaves** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You slaves”
 COL	3	22	cx6a	figs-idiom	τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις	1	obey your masters according to the flesh	The phrase **according to the flesh** describes the **masters** as humans on this earth. Paul uses this phrase to describe these **masters** because he is already setting up a contrast with the “Master” over these masters: Jesus (see [4:1](../04/01.md)). If **according to the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with an adjective such as “human” or “earthly.” Alternate translation: “your earthly masters” or “your human masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	3	22	o6mi	figs-explicit	τοῖς…κυρίοις	1	obey your masters according to the flesh	Here Paul does not explicitly state that slaves must **obey** “their own” masters. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each slave’s master in mind. Alternate translation: “{your own} masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	3	22	o6mi	figs-explicit	τοῖς…κυρίοις	1	obey your masters according to the flesh	Here Paul does not explicitly state that slaves must **obey** “their own” masters. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each slave’s master in mind. Alternate translation: “your own masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	3	22	iy1n	figs-idiom	κατὰ πάντα	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	Just as in [3:20](../03/20.md), the phrase **in all things** is an idiom that indicates that slaves should obey “everything their masters command” or “in every situation.” If **in all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **things** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 COL	3	22	p36t	translate-unknown	μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	The word **eyeservice** describes how people sometimes behave to look good more than to do the right thing. If **eyeservice** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase such as “wanting to look impressive.” Alternate translation: “not focusing on how you appear to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	3	22	b5en	translate-unknown	ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι	1	all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers	The phrase **people pleasers** describes the kind of people who care about “eyeservice.” Here, **people pleasers** are those who focus on impressing humans rather than doing what God desires. If these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could emphasize that **people pleasers** want to please humans only, not God. Alternate translation: “as people who want to please humans rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

en_tn_53-1TH.tsv

@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	9	kedf	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack (See note at [2:7](../02/07.md)). Alternative translation, “so that none of you would have to financially support us” or “so that we would not impose on anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	9	tw00	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πρὸς τὸ μὴ	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why the apostles worked so much. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	2	9	ezqn	figs-possession	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Again, the phrase **the gospel of God** is used to indicate that the apostles’ message is of divine origin (See your translation at [2:2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	2	10	re18	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός	1		The apostles are appealing to the Thessalonian church and God to validate their gospel message and personal motives (See also [2:5](../02/05.md)). They figuratively speak as if they are summoning both the church and God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “You are our witnesses, as well as God himself” or “As well as God, you can personally testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	2	10	h52a	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός	1		In this phrase, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “As well as God, you can personally testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1TH	2	10	re18	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός	1		The apostles are appealing to the Thessalonian church and God to validate their gospel message and personal motives (See also [2:5](../02/05.md)). They figuratively speak as if they are summoning both the church and God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “You are our witnesses, as well as God himself” or “As well as God, you can personally testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	10	h52a	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός	1		In this phrase, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “As well as God, you can personally testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TH	2	10	il3e	figs-litany	ὡς ὁσίως, καὶ δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως, ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν	1	holy, and righteous, and blameless	Paul uses a repetitive series of proofs of the apostles’ godly behavior in [2:10-12](../02/10.md). This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the evidence for which the Thessalonian church and God are evoked as witnesses. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. Alternate translation: “just how faithfully and justly and innocently we conducted ourselves toward you believers in God” or “how we acted reverently, and fairly, and blamelessly while visiting the faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
 1TH	2	10	ufdv	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	holy, and righteous, and blameless	The pronouns **You** and **you** are plural and refer to all the believers in God at Thessalonica. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “You all … among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1TH	2	11	oug6		καθάπερ οἴδατε ὡς ἕνα ἕκαστον ὑμῶν	1		Again, Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2,5](../02/02.md)). It is another way of saying “you {are} witnesses” (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Paul is appealing to the Thessalonian church’s own experience of the apostles’ godly behavior to prove their gospel message comes from God (See [2:9](../02/09.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “just as you each and every one of you are well aware” or “just as each one of you experienced for yourself”
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	1	fqe3	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι,	1	enduring it no longer	This is a result clause. Paul is explaining why he sent Timothy to Thessalonica in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Because we could not restrain ourselves any longer, we thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	1	zvgz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	enduring it no longer	Here, **Therefore** indicates a return to the topic of a visit from the apostles (See [2:17-18](../02/17/.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	3	1	amxf	figs-hyperbole	διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες	1	enduring it no longer	This phrase uses extreme exaggeration to express the apostles’ deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church (See [2:17](../02/17.md)). The word translated **enduring** is related to the idea of keeping water out of a ship or trying to contain or holding something back. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that communicates anxious longing. Alternate translation: “Thus, since we could not bear to wait any longer” or “Therefore, because we could not ignore these emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-1TH	3	1	n47x	figs-explicit	ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι	1	we thought it good to be left behind at Athens alone	Here, **we** and **alone** refer to Paul and Silvanus (and perhaps Timothy), since in [3:2](../03/02.md) it says “we sent Timothy.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Silas and I thought it was good idea to remain alone in Athens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	3	1	n47x	figs-explicit	ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι	1	we thought it good to be left behind at Athens alone	Here, **we** and **alone** refer to Paul and Silvanus (and perhaps Timothy), since in [3:2](../03/02.md) it says, “we sent Timothy.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Silas and I thought it was good idea to remain alone in Athens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	3	2	q1f7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	our brother and a servant	What follows the word **and** here is in contrast to Paul and Silvanus staying behind at Athens. Instead, they sent Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “even though this was true,” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	3	2	vsoo	figs-exclusive	ἐπέμψαμεν…ἡμῶν	1	our brother and a servant	When Paul says **we** and **our**, he is exclusively speaking of himself and Silvanus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	3	2	d8yy	figs-distinguish	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	This phrase gives us further information about Timothy. It is meant to clarify that he is authorized by the apostles and God himself. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “and we sent Timothy, who is our fellow worker and an authorized servant of God” or “and we sent Timothy. He is our assistant and God’s authorized servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	3	ycsw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν,	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you could express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	4	3	lit4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the commands from the Lord Jesus in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	3	vnp0	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-1TH	4	3	mw4j		τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ , ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν	1	For this is the will of God, your sanctification	Here begins a list spanning through [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means in this context. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of a topic.
+1TH	4	3	mw4j		τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν	1	For this is the will of God, your sanctification	Here begins a list spanning through [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means in this context. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of a topic.
 1TH	4	3	lgac	figs-distinguish	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	This phrase gives us further information about what is meant by **sanctification**. Paul is defining the **sanctification** God wants for his people by forbidding **sexually immorality**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	3	lhxi	figs-imperative	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	The following list of verb forms in [4:3-6](../04/03.md) could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb forms are likely meant to express a strong suggestion or appeal. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “you yourselves must refrain” or “you should withhold yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	4	4	u98k	figs-distinguish	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wife’s body and his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	8	ev6i	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10-18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	9	h5y2	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	5	9	lrx6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	9	l89q	figs-possession	πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	5	8	l89q	figs-possession	πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	5	9	erz5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς…εἰς	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **to … to** introduces two purpose clauses. Paul is stating the purpose or goal for which God **appointed** the two types of people described in [5:3–8](../05/03.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	5	9	qmo5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to **wrath**. Here Paul emphasizes that God’s true people will not experience his final punishment. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but actually” or “but instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	9	qfcf	figs-possession	εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, the phrase translated **to obtain salvation** is a possessive form that Paul uses to indicate that **salvation** is something that belongs to God’s people. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for the possessing of salvation” or “for the acquiring of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	11	r921	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	build up one the other	Here, **Therefore** indicates the conclusion of this section about timing of “the day of the Lord,” and connects to the manner of Christ’s return in [4:14–18](../04/14.md) by again using the same phrase, **comfort one another**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	5	11	o85i	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε	1	build up one the other	**Therefore** begins a result clause. Paul explains how the Thessalonian church should respond to the fact that Jesus died so that Christians can “obtain salvation” (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Alternate translation: “This is why you should encourage” or “As a result, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	11	m2c9	figs-doublet	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must supportively console each other with this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	5	11	hepx	figs-imperative	παρακαλεῖτε…οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	These verbs are imperatives, but could communicate an appeal rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates an urgent request or appeal. Alternate translation: “we apostles urge you to comfort … build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+1TH	5	11	hepx	figs-imperative	παρακαλεῖτε…οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	These verbs are imperatives but could communicate an appeal rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates an urgent request or appeal. Alternate translation: “we apostles urge you to comfort … build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	11	fx2f	figs-idiom	οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	11	kdae	figs-idiom	εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	Here, the term **one the one** is an idiom meaning “each and every one” or “each one.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “each one” or “one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	11	sfv4		καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Here Paul uses the emphatic phrase **just as also you are doing** to encourage the Thessalonian church to continue their practice of mutually supporting each other. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “exactly as you have been doing”
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	19	sv8r	figs-litotes	μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle” or “Be fervent in” or “Keep working along with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	5	20	iv1n	figs-litotes	μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Readily accept” or “Cherish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	5	20	rrza	figs-parallelism	προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	The two phrases in [5:19–20](../05/19.md) could refer to the same thing. Paul could be saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to correct how the Thessalonian church viewed prophecy. He means that the Holy Spirit is the source of true prophecy (See [2 Peter 1:21](2pet/01/21.md)), so they should not “quench the Spirit” by rejecting all prophecies. You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this. Alternate translation: “Do not continue to despise prophetic messages from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	21	ihzh	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	This could mean: (1) Paul is beginning a general list of things that the Thessalonians should **Test** and **Hold fast** if they are **good**. (2) Paul is continuing to refer to the prophesies in the previous verse, and wants the Thessalonians to **Test** those and **Hold fast** to the prophesies that are truly from God.
+1TH	5	21	ihzh	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	This could mean: (1) Paul is beginning a general list of things that the Thessalonians should **Test** and **Hold fast** if they are **good**. (2) Paul is continuing to refer to the prophesies in the previous verse, and he wants the Thessalonians to **Test** those and **Hold fast** to the prophesies that are truly from God.
 1TH	5	21	wx69	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks figuratively as if the Thessalonians could make **all things** pass a test. This could mean: (1) they should examine everything they hear and do to make sure it conforms to what honors God. Alternate translation: “Carefully examine everything you hear and do” (2) they should examine and approve prophecies to determine whether or not they are genuinely from the Holy Spirit (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for a similar context)). Alternate translation: “examine and approve all prophecies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	21	sjh0	figs-nominaladj	πάντα	1	Test all things	Here, **all things** is an adjectival phrase. Depending on whether you decided this is a new list or a continuation of verse 20, this could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “everything you hear and do” (2) Alternate translation: “all prophesies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	5	21	n1jv	figs-metaphor	τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks figuratively of **good** things as if they were objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only believe and practice things that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Keep only the valid things” or “Retain what is from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	26	j46q	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1	brothers	Here, **Greet** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	26	dwl8	figs-idiom	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας	1	brothers	Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian church–and by extension–all Christians. Alternate translation: “all believers in Christ” or “all Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	26	v9iy	translate-symaction	ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ	1	brothers	This action was an expression of Christian affection in this culture. It showed the unity of those who belong to Christ. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-1TH	5	27	xn0n	writing-oathformulas	ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	The phrase **I solemnly charge you by the Lord** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “You must make a vow to the Lord that you will read this letter” or “I put you under oath to the Lord that this letter must be read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas]])
+1TH	5	27	xn0n	writing-oathformula	ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	The phrase **I solemnly charge you by the Lord** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “You must make a vow to the Lord that you will read this letter” or “I put you under oath to the Lord that this letter must be read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula]])
 1TH	5	27	n5cn	figs-explicit	ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	It is assumed that this letter would be read out loud by someone in the local church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to have this letter read aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	5	27	yp7e	figs-activepassive	ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to make sure you read this letter out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TH	5	27	mtvd	figs-idiom	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian church–and by extension–all Christians (See [5:26](../05/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the whole church at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

en_tn_54-2TH.tsv

@@ -1,198 +1,198 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-2TH	front	intro	krd6			0		# Introduction to 2 Thessalonians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-2)<br>1. Believers suffer from persecution (1:3-12)<br>       * God uses persecution to increase faith, love, and endurance in believers (1:3-4)<br>       * God is just: (1:5-12)<br>          * God will make believers worthy of his kingdom <br>          * God will give relief to believers <br>          * God will punish those who persecute believers  <br>1. Some believers misunderstand about the second coming of Christ (2:1-12)<br>      * Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)<br>      * Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)<br>1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian believers (2:13-17)<br>      * Paul calls the Thessalonian believers to “stand firm” (2:13-15)<br>      * Paul prays that God will comfort them (2:16-17)<br>1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)<br>1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)<br>1. Closing (3:16-17)<br><br>### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted believers. After he became a believer, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul is the author of this letter, but he includes Silvanus and Timothy as senders of the letter. Paul wrote this letter while he, Silvanus, and Timothy were staying in the city of Corinth.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return. He also warned them that they should not be idle but should work as they wait for Christ to return.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians/believers in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### How are pronouns used in this letter? <br><br>In this letter, the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. If your language differentiates between inclusive and exclusive pronouns, use an exclusive pronoun for these. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) <br><br><br>In this letter, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, some ancient manuscripts have a different reading than others. The ULT follows the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in your area that your people are familiar with, consider using the reading that it follows. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Other versions follow the reading, “and the man of sin is revealed.”<br>* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. The other reading is, “For God chose you from the first/beginning for salvation.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-2TH	1	intro	m987			0		# 2 Thessalonians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1-2 formally introduce this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type in which the sender identified himself, then the recipient, then gave a greeting. <br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. <br><br>A paradox occurs in verses 4-5 where Paul talks about the Thessalonian believers’ faithfulness through persecution as “evidence of the righteous judgment of God.” People would not normally think that believing in God while being persecuted is a sign of God’s righteous judgment. But the fact that God gave them the ability to persevere in their faith is evidence that God claims them as his own and will judge them as worthy of his kingdom. In verses 5-10, Paul goes on to explain more of God’s righteous judgment, that God will reward those who believe in him and that he will punish those who afflict his people. ([2 Thessalonians 1:4-5](./04.md))<br><br>Another paradox occurs in verse 9 where Paul describes the penalty for rejecting God as “eternal destruction.” Normally when something is destroyed it ceases to exist. But in this case, the people who reject God will experience eternal separation from God, as the verse goes on to explain. Being separated from God destroys all that was enjoyable about their lives, and this continuous destruction is what they experience through eternity. ([2 Thessalonians 1:9](./09.md))
-2TH	1	1	hm3e	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Silvanus	**Silvanus** is the Latin form of “Silas.” He is the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler. If your readers may not know that these two are the same person, you can use the name “Silas” in the text and “Silvanus” in the footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TH	1	1	ge00	figs-ellipsis	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		You may want to fill in the words necessary to make this a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy send this letter to the church” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis) 
+2TH	front	intro	krd6			0		# Introduction to 2 Thessalonians<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-2)<br>1. Believers suffer from persecution (1:3-12)<br>       * God uses persecution to increase faith, love, and endurance in believers (1:3-4)<br>       * God is just: (1:5-12)<br>          * God will make believers worthy of his kingdom<br>          * God will give relief to believers<br>          * God will punish those who persecute believers<br>1. Some believers misunderstand about the second coming of Christ (2:1-12)<br>      * Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)<br>      * Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)<br>1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian believers (2:13-17)<br>      * Paul calls the Thessalonian believers to “stand firm” (2:13-15)<br>      * Paul prays that God will comfort them (2:16-17)<br>1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)<br>1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)<br>1. Closing (3:16-17)<br><br>### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted believers. After he became a believer, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul is the author of this letter, but he includes Silvanus and Timothy as senders of the letter. Paul wrote this letter while he, Silvanus, and Timothy were staying in the city of Corinth.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return. He also warned them that they should not be idle but should work as they wait for Christ to return.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians/believers in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### How are pronouns used in this letter?<br><br>In this letter, the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. If your language differentiates between inclusive and exclusive pronouns, use an exclusive pronoun for these. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br><br><br>In this letter, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, some ancient manuscripts have a different reading than others. The ULT follows the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in your area that your people are familiar with, consider using the reading that it follows. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Other versions follow the reading, “and the man of sin is revealed.”<br>* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. The other reading is, “For God chose you from the first/beginning for salvation.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+2TH	1	intro	m987			0		# 2 Thessalonians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Verses 1-2 formally introduce this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type in which the sender identified himself, then the recipient, then gave a greeting.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible.<br><br>A paradox occurs in verses 4-5 where Paul talks about the Thessalonian believers’ faithfulness through persecution as “evidence of the righteous judgment of God.” People would not normally think that believing in God while being persecuted is a sign of God’s righteous judgment. But the fact that God gave them the ability to persevere in their faith is evidence that God claims them as his own and will judge them as worthy of his kingdom. In verses 5-10, Paul goes on to explain more of God’s righteous judgment, that God will reward those who believe in him and that he will punish those who afflict his people. ([2 Thessalonians 1:4-5](./04.md))<br><br>Another paradox occurs in verse 9 where Paul describes the penalty for rejecting God as “eternal destruction.” Normally when something is destroyed it ceases to exist. But in this case, the people who reject God will experience eternal separation from God, as the verse goes on to explain. Being separated from God destroys all that was enjoyable about their lives, and this continuous destruction is what they experience through eternity. ([2 Thessalonians 1:9](../01/09.md))
+2TH	1	1	hm3e	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Silvanus	**Silvanus** is the Latin form of “Silas.” **Silvanus** is the name of a man, the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler. If your readers may not know that these two are the same person, you can use the name “Silas” in the text and “Silvanus” in the footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+2TH	1	1	ge00	figs-ellipsis	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		You may want to fill in the words necessary to make this a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy send this letter to the church” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 2TH	1	1	l8q8	figs-explicit	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος	1		Although Paul wrote this letter, he identifies Silvanus and Timothy as also sending it. This means that they were with him and were in agreement with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that clear, as in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 2TH	1	1	eajo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-2TH	1	2	g6rb	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace to you	Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate Translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-2TH	1	2	bv9m	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **grace** and **peace**, you could express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  
-2TH	1	3	o6v9	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 3-12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]]) 
-2TH	1	3	m6z5		εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν…πάντοτε	0	General Information:	Paul is expressing here that he has a moral obligation to God to give thanks for the believers in Thessalonica. Use a natural expression for this in your language. Alternate Translation: “We are bound always to thank” Or “We can do no other than to thank” Or “we must give thanks continually”
+2TH	1	2	g6rb	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace to you	Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+2TH	1	2	bv9m	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **grace** and **peace**, you could express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	3	o6v9	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 3-12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
+2TH	1	3	m6z5		εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν…πάντοτε	1	General Information:	Paul is expressing here that he has a moral obligation to God to give thanks for the believers in Thessalonica. Use a natural expression for this in your language. Alternate translation: “We are bound always to thank” or “We can do no other than to thank” or “We must give thanks continually to”
 2TH	1	3	ea59	figs-hyperbole	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε	1	We ought always to give thanks to God	Paul uses **always** as a generalization meaning “often” or “regularly.” Alternate translation: “We should often give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TH	1	3	o01t	figs-explicit	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί	1		If your readers might misunderstand that Paul is expressing an obligation only and that he does not actually pray for the Thessalonians, you can express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We always thank God for you, brothers, as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	1	3	h6t9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	1	3	ezaf	writing-pronouns	καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν	1		If it is difficult to express **just as it is fitting** in your language or if it is unclear what **it** refers to, consider starting a new sentence here to state it clearly. Alternate Translation: “When we give thanks for you we are doing the right thing” or “Giving thanks is right for us to be doing” or “…is the right thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])  
-2TH	1	3	emu9	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν			If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “you believe in Christ more and more” or “you increasingly trust in Christ” or “you rely on Christ more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	3	o01t	figs-explicit	εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί	1		If your readers might misunderstand his meaning and think that Paul is expressing an obligation only and that he does not actually pray for the Thessalonians, you can express the reality explicitly. Alternate translation: “We always thank God for you, brothers, as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	3	h6t9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a nonfigurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+2TH	1	3	ezaf	writing-pronouns	καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν	1		If it is difficult to express **just as it is fitting** in your language or if it is unclear what **it** refers to, consider starting a new sentence here to state it clearly. Alternate translation: “When we give thanks for you we are doing the right thing” or “Giving thanks for you is right for us to be doing” or “…is the right thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2TH	1	3	emu9	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “you believe in Christ more and more” or “you increasingly trust in Christ” or “you rely on Christ more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	3	xy7k	figs-abstractnouns	πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **love**, you could express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “each of you sincerely loves one another more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	3	bmn6	figs-rpronouns	ἀλλήλους	1	one another	Here, **one another** means fellow believers. Alternate translation: “each other” or “each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 2TH	1	4	kx1n	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς	1	we ourselves	Here, **ourselves** is added to **we** to emphasize that even the apostle Paul and his associates are boasting about the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “even we” or “we are the ones who” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns)
-2TH	1	4	gcth	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **endurance** and **faith** or if it is unclear how these two terms relate, you could express these same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you patiently continue to trust in Jesus” or “how you persevere in believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 
-2TH	1	4	qlo9	figs-doublet	ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν	1		The two words **persecutions** and **afflictions** are saying very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how difficult life has been for the Thessalonian believers. If two words are difficult to find in your language or if your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one word with this meaning and make the emphasis in another way. Alternate Translation: “as you have been going through all these very difficult times” or “as people make you suffer in all the ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 
-2TH	1	4	md0d	figs-explicit	πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν	1		Here **faith in all your persecutions** does not mean to believe in or trust in persecutions. If your readers might be confused by that, you can express it more clearly. Alternate Translation: “faith in Jesus Christ during all the times you are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 
-2TH	1	5	rs3b	figs-activepassive	ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς	1		The **evidence** that Paul is referring to here is the faithful endurance of the Thessalonian believers while suffering persecution that he mentioned in verse 4. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Your endurance while suffering is a clear indication of God’s righteous judgment that he considers you worthy” or “Your faithfulness through persecution shows that God is just and right to consider you worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	4	gcth	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **endurance** and **faith** or if it is unclear how these two terms relate, you could express these same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you patiently continue to trust in Jesus” or “how you persevere in believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	4	qlo9	figs-doublet	ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν	1		The two words **persecutions** and **afflictions** are saying very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how difficult life has been for the Thessalonian believers. If two words are difficult to find in your language or if your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one word with this meaning and make the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “as you have been going through all these very difficult times” or “as people make you suffer in all the ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2TH	1	4	md0d	figs-explicit	πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν	1		Here **faith in all your persecutions** does not mean to believe in or trust in persecutions. If your readers might be confused by that, you can express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “faith in Jesus Christ during all the times you are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	5	rs3b	figs-explicit	ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς	1		The **evidence** that Paul is referring to here is the faithful endurance of the Thessalonian believers while suffering persecution, which he mentioned in verse 4. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Your endurance while suffering is a clear indication of God’s righteous judgment, that he considers you worthy” or “Your faithfulness through persecution shows that God is just and right to consider you worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	5	dad9	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to be considered worthy of the kingdom of God	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	1	5	xm2g	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ἧς καὶ πάσχετε	1		Here **also** could mean: (1) The Thessalonian believers are suffering for the kingdom of God as well as being counted worthy of it. Alternate Translation: “being a part of which is also the reason that you are suffering” (2) The Thessalonian believers are suffering along with other believers. Alternate Translation: “which is why you are going through sufferings along with many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	1	6	cxx1		εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ	1	if indeed it is righteous for God	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is just” or “for God is certainly right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-2TH	1	6	id3i	figs-metaphor	παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1	for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you	Here, **to return** means to cause someone to experience the same thing that they did to someone else, as though the same action were bouncing back onto the people who did that action. Use a natural expression for this kind of reciprocal action. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “for God to pay back those who are afflicting you” “for God to do the same to those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TH	1	6	zemk	figs-metaphor	ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “to trouble those who are troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	1	7	hxy2	figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν	1	and relief to you	The words **and relief to you** continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). If this would not be understood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and it is righteous for God to give relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2TH	1	7	l3ht	writing-pronouns	καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβομένοις, ἄνεσιν μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1		Here, **you who are being afflicted** refers to the Thessalonian believers, and **us** refers to Paul and his associates. Other people are afflicting both groups because of their faith in Jesus. Alternate Translation: “and relief to you who are being afflicted just as we are being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 
+2TH	1	5	xm2g	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ἧς καὶ πάσχετε	1		Here, **also** could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers are suffering for the kingdom of God as well as being counted worthy of it. Alternate translation: “being a part of which is also the reason that you are suffering” (2) the Thessalonian believers are suffering along with other believers. Alternate translation: “which is why you are going through sufferings along with many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	6	cxx1	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ	1	if indeed it is righteous for God	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is just” or “for God is certainly right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+2TH	1	6	id3i	figs-metaphor	παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1	for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you	Here, **to return** means to cause someone to experience the same thing that they did to someone else as though the same action were bouncing back onto the people who did that action. Use a natural expression for this kind of reciprocal action. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “for God to pay back those who are afflicting you” “for God to do the same to those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	1	6	zemk	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “to trouble those who are troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	7	hxy2	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν	1	and relief to you	The words **and relief to you** continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). If this would not be understood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and it is righteous for God to give relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2TH	1	7	l3ht	writing-pronouns	καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβομένοις, ἄνεσιν μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1		Here, **you who are being afflicted** refers to the Thessalonian believers, and **us** refers to Paul and his associates. Other people are afflicting both groups because of their faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “and relief to you who are being afflicted just as we are being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2TH	1	7	knbb	figs-abstractnouns	ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **relief**, you could express this idea with a verb or in another way. Alternate translation: “to relieve you” or “to rescue you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	1	7	bcxy	figs-abstractnouns	τοῖς θλιβομένοις	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom other people are afflicting” or “from the affliction that others are causing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	1	7	fh5g	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **at the revealing** is an indication of the time when the suffering believers will have relief from their suffering. Alternate Translation: ​“at the time when the Lord Jesus is revealed” or “when everyone sees the Lord Jesus coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 
-2TH	1	8	p1ie		διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **vengeance**, you could express this idea in another way. Since this is part of God’s justice, do not use a word that implies that God is doing something illegal or inappropriate. Alternate translation: “punishing the people” or “judging the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 
-2TH	1	8	ynt4	figs-explicit	τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν	1		Here, **those who have not known God** refers to those who have refused the relationship with God that he had offered to them. Alternate Translation: “on those who did not want to know God” or “on those who have rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	1	8	gv0v	figs-explicit	καὶ τοῖς μὴ ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1		The phrase, **not obeying the gospel** could refer to: (1) the same people as **those not having known God**. Alternate Translation: “and who are not obeying the gospel” (2) a separate group. Alternate Translation: “and also on those who are not obeying the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 
-2TH	1	8	m37v	figs-idiom	ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1		The phrase, **obeying the gospel** is an idiom that means to live according to everything that God tells us in the gospel message. Alternate Translation: “living according to the message of the gospel” or “heeding the admonitions that are part of the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  
+2TH	1	7	bcxy	figs-activepassive	τοῖς θλιβομένοις	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom other people are afflicting” or “from the affliction that others are causing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	1	7	fh5g	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **at the revealing** is an indication of the time when the suffering believers will have relief from their suffering. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Lord Jesus is revealed” or “when everyone sees the Lord Jesus coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	8	p1ie	figs-abstractnouns	διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **vengeance**, you could express this idea in another way. Since this is part of God’s justice, do not use a word that implies that God is doing something illegal or inappropriate. Alternate translation: “punishing the people” or “judging the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	8	ynt4	figs-explicit	τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν	1		Here, **those who have not known God** refers to those who have refused the relationship with God that he had offered to them. Alternate translation: “on those who did not want to know God” or “on those who have rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	8	gv0v	figs-explicit	καὶ τοῖς μὴ ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1		The phrase, **not obeying the gospel** could refer to: (1) the same people as **those not having known God**. Alternate translation: “and who are not obeying the gospel” (2) a separate group. Alternate translation: “and also on those who are not obeying the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	8	m37v	figs-idiom	ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1		The phrase, **obeying the gospel** is an idiom that means to live according to everything that God tells us in the gospel message. Alternate translation: “living according to the message of the gospel” or “heeding the admonitions that are part of the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 
 2TH	1	8	dkkx	figs-possession	τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul is using the general possessive form **of our Lord Jesus** to describe **the gospel**. The specific meaning here is that the gospel is about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the gospel that is about our Lord Jesus” or “the gospel message that tells us about our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2TH	1	9	plw5	figs-activepassive	οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν	1	who will pay the penalty—eternal destruction	Here, **who** refers to the people who are not obeying the gospel, not to the Lord Jesus. You may prefer to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Those people will pay the penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	1	9	peog	figs-idiom	οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of the word **penalty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who will be punished by God” or “whom God will punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 
+2TH	1	9	plw5	writing-pronouns	οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν	1	who will pay the penalty—eternal destruction	Here, **who** refers to the people who are not obeying the gospel, not to the Lord Jesus. You may prefer to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Those people will pay the penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2TH	1	9	peog	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of the word **penalty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who will be punished by God” or “whom God will punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	9	ebf1	figs-idiom	δίκην τίσουσιν	1		Here, the phrase **pay the penalty** is an idiom meaning to suffer the consequences of doing something bad. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will suffer the consequences” or “will undergo the retribution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TH	1	9	yruv	figs-abstractnouns	ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον	1		Here, **eternal destruction** further describes the **penalty** that people will experience if they refuse to “obey the gospel.” The **destruction** that these people will experience is **eternal**, that is, it never ends. Therefore, do not translate with the meaning that these people will cease to exist. They will continue to exist, but continually experience the ruin of their lives. If necessary, put this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God will punish them eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 
-2TH	1	9	qhta	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 	1		Here, **the face of the Lord** is an idiom meaning the presence of the Lord. Alternate Translation: “away from our Lord Jesus” or “separated from the presence of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 
-2TH	1	9	htqg	figs-idiom	τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the possessive form is describing **power** that has **glory**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “glorious” to describe the **power**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 
-2TH	1	9	wmdm	figs-idiom	τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “experiencing how magnificent and powerful he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	1	10	ugk9	figs-explicit	ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	when he comes on that day	Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate Translation: “on the day when Jesus returns to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	9	yruv	figs-abstractnouns	ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον	1		Here, **eternal destruction** further describes the **penalty** that people will experience if they refuse to “obey the gospel.” The **destruction** that these people will experience is **eternal**, that is, it never ends. Therefore, do not translate with the meaning that these people will cease to exist. They will continue to exist, but continually experience the ruin of their lives. If necessary, put this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God will punish them eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	9	qhta	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the face of the Lord** is an idiom meaning the presence of the Lord. Alternate translation: “away from our Lord Jesus” or “separated from the presence of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2TH	1	9	htqg	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the possessive form is describing **power** that has **glory**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “glorious” to describe the **power**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+2TH	1	9	wmdm	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “experiencing how magnificent and powerful he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	10	ugk9	figs-explicit	ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	when he comes on that day	Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when Jesus returns to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	1	10	bi2u	figs-activepassive	ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν	1	to be glorified by his saints and to be marveled at by all those who have believed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	1	10	wsvb	translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι	1		Here, the two verbs **to be glorified** and **to be marveled at** indicate the result of Jesus’ coming, not the purpose. Use a connector here that indicates result. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” or “with the result that his saints will glorify him and all those who have believed will marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2TH	1	10	z1hg	translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν	1		The **saints** and **those who have believed** are one group of people, not two. If your readers might be confused by this, you can combine these into one phrase. Alternate translation: “with the result that all of his saints, that is, the believers, will glorify him and marvel at him” or “as all of his people glorify him and marvel at him”
-2TH	1	10	e56p	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate Translation: “you have believed our witness, when we shared it with you” or “when we testified about the saving power of Jesus Christ, you believed what we said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
-2TH	1	11	zy14	translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὃ	1		Here, **for this** connects verse 11 to verse 10, so that verse 11 gives the means or method (prayer for the Thessalonian believers) for reaching the purpose that verse 10 has just described (for Jesus to “be glorified…and marveled at”). Use a natural way in your language for introducing this relationship. Alternate translation: “This is why” or “To this end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+2TH	1	10	wsvb	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι	1		Here, the two verbs **to be glorified**and **to be marveled at** indicate the result of Jesus’ coming, not the purpose. Use a connector here that indicates result. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” or “with the result that his saints will glorify him and all those who have believed will marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2TH	1	10	z1hg		ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν	1		The **saints** and **those who have believed** are one group of people, not two. If your readers might be confused by this, you can combine these into one phrase. Alternate translation: “with the result that all of his saints, that is, the believers, will glorify him and marvel at him” or “as all of his people glorify him and marvel at him”
+2TH	1	10	e56p	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have believed our witness when we shared it with you” or “when we testified about the saving power of Jesus Christ, you believed what we said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
+2TH	1	11	zy14	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὃ	1		Here, **for this** connects verse 11 to verse 10, so that verse 11 gives the means or method (prayer for the Thessalonian believers) for reaching the purpose that verse 10 has just described (for Jesus to “be glorified…and marveled at”). Use a natural way in your language for introducing this relationship. Alternate translation: “This is why” or “To this end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2TH	1	11	ik19	figs-hyperbole	καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν	1	we also pray always for you	Paul is using **always** as an exaggeration in order to emphasize how often he prays for them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we also pray regularly for you” or “we continue to pray for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TH	1	11	hiv9	figs-explicit	τῆς κλήσεως	1	of your calling	Here, **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to belong to him and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus. Alternate Translation: “to appoint you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	1	11	r8gk	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει	1	he may fulfill every desire of goodness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **desire**, **goodness**, **faith**, and **power**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he may make you able to do all of the good things that you want to do because you trust in Jesus and because God is powerful” or “he may empower you to act on what you believe in order to do good things in every way that you desire because God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	1	11	hiv9	figs-explicit	τῆς κλήσεως	1	of your calling	Here, **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to belong to him and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “to appoint you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	11	r8gk	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης, καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει	1	he may fulfill every desire of goodness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **desire**, **goodness**, **faith**, and **power**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he may make you able to do all of the good things that you want to do because you trust in Jesus and because God is powerful” or “he may empower you to act on what you believe in order to do good things in every way that you desire, because God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	11	c7o6	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πληρώσῃ	1		Here, **and he may fulfill** adds another reason why Paul and his associates **pray always** for the Thessalonian believers. This part of the sentence assumes some of the words from earlier in the sentence. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the earlier part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that he may fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2TH	1	12	nvth	translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὅπως	1		Here, **so that** introduces the purpose for which Paul and his associates pray all of the things mentioned in verse 11. It is a repetition of the same purpose that was given in verse 10, using similar words. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 
-2TH	1	12	c6ec	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** figuratively stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate Translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 
-2TH	1	12	q994	figs-activepassive	ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν	1	so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) The Thessalonian believers will glorify Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (2) Others will glorify Jesus because of what he has done for the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “so that people would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	1	12	nvth	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὅπως	1		Here, **so that** introduces the purpose for which Paul and his associates pray all of the things mentioned in verse 11. It is a repetition of the same purpose that was given in verse 10, using similar words. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+2TH	1	12	c6ec	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** figuratively stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	1	12	q994	figs-activepassive	ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν	1	so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers will glorify Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (2) others will glorify Jesus because of what he has done for the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “so that people would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	12	pg2i	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ	1	and you in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus might glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	12	l4l1	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ	1		The phrase **and you in him** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can make a complete sentence by supplying these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that you might be glorified in him” or “and so that he might glorify you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 2TH	1	12	z8k9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	according to the grace of our God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to how exceedingly kind our God and the Lord Jesus Christ are to you” or “as our God and the Lord Jesus Christ continue to abundantly bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	1	12	z1my			1		The phrase translated as **our God and the Lord Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) two persons of the Trinity, God the Father and Jesus the Son. (2) one person, Jesus, who is both God and Lord. Alternate translation: “our God and Lord, Jesus Christ”
-2TH	2	intro	jq9r			0		# 2 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br><br>This person is also called “the son of destruction” and “the lawless one” in this chapter. He is not Satan, but he is empowered by Satan and is the leader of those who do Satan’s evil work in the world in the last days. He is certainly one of the “antichrists” mentioned by John (1 John 2:18) and may be the final one described as a beast in Revelation 13. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br><br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	1	12	z1my		τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The phrase translated as **our God and the Lord Jesus Christ** could refer to: (1) two persons of the Trinity, God the Father and Jesus the Son. (2) one person, Jesus, who is both God and Lord. Alternate translation: “our God and Lord, Jesus Christ”
+2TH	2	intro	jq9r			0		# 2 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br><br>This person is also called “the son of destruction” and “the lawless one” in this chapter. He is not Satan, but he is empowered by Satan and is the leader of those who do Satan’s evil work in the world in the last days. He is certainly one of the “antichrists” mentioned by John (1 John 2:18) and may be the final one, described as a beast in Revelation 13. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br><br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	2	1	r36t	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 1-12, Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back and warns them about the coming man of lawlessness. A heading for this section might be, “The Man of Lawlessness” or “The Deception before Jesus Returns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	2	1	q1uq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-2TH	2	1	uy4z	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		The **coming of our Lord Jesus Christ** and **our gathering to him** are two actions that happen at the same time. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate Translation: “regarding the time of our Lord Jesus coming when we will be gathered together unto him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-2TH	2	1	sx2f	figs-activepassive	ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		If it is more natural in your language, you can use active verbs for the events of **coming** and **gathering**.  Alternate Translation: “about the time when our Lord Jesus will come and gather us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	1	uy4z	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		The **coming of our Lord Jesus Christ** and **our gathering to him** are two actions that happen at the same time. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “regarding the time of our Lord Jesus coming when we will be gathered together unto him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+2TH	2	1	sx2f	figs-activepassive	ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1		If it is more natural in your language, you can use active verbs for the events of **coming** and **gathering**. Alternate translation: “about the time when our Lord Jesus will come and gather us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	1	cvg5	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	2	b8b2	figs-doublenegatives	εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς	1	for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled	The phrase **shaken in {your} mind** refers to a person’s thoughts being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate Translation: “for you to remain firm in your thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2TH	2	2	fj52	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι	1		The phrase **to be troubled** refers to a person’s emotions being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate Translation: “ and remain peaceful when a message comes” or “and keep calm when you hear something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+2TH	2	2	b8b2	figs-doublenegatives	εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς	1	for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled	The phrase **shaken in {your} mind** refers to a person’s thoughts being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate translation: “for you to remain firm in your thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+2TH	2	2	fj52	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι	1		The phrase **to be troubled** refers to a person’s emotions being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate translation: “and remain peaceful when a message comes” or “and keep calm when you hear something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2TH	2	2	d334	figs-ellipsis	μήτε διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς, ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν	1	by a spirit, nor by a word, nor by a letter as if from us	Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “when you receive a message either by means of a spirit or by means of a spoken word or by means of a written letter that pretends to be coming from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2TH	2	2	ll80	figs-ellipsis	ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate Translation: “that claims to have come from us” or “trying to deceive you that it is from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2TH	2	2	k4dk		ὡς ὅτι	1	as if that	Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate Translation: “that talks as if” or “that falsely claims that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2TH	2	2	ll80	figs-ellipsis	ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “that claims to have come from us” or “trying to deceive you that it is from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2TH	2	2	k4dk	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ὅτι	1	as if that	Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “that talks as if” or “that falsely claims that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	2	2	ib6m		ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the day of the Lord	Here, **the day of the Lord** refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers.
-2TH	2	3	l9c5		μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον	0	General Information:	Alternate Translation: “Do not permit anyone to fool you” or “Do not believe at all the wrong words that people are telling you about this”
+2TH	2	3	l9c5		μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον	1	General Information:	Alternate translation: “Do not permit anyone to fool you” or “Do not believe at all the wrong words that people are telling you about this”
 2TH	2	3	ej66	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ ἔλθῃ ἡ ἀποστασία πρῶτον	1	it may not come	Here, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for the day of the Lord will not come unless the apostacy comes first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	2	3	y7ch	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀποστασία	1	the apostacy	Here, **the apostacy** refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express it in another way. Alternate translation: “the time when many people will rebel against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	3	e86v	figs-activepassive	ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας	1	the man of lawlessness may be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man of lawlessness arrives” or “the man of lawlessness makes himself known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	2	3	jsyj	figs-possession	ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a man who is characterized by lawlessness. By this Paul means that this man will oppose all of God’s commandments and instructions. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless man” or “the man who opposes God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 
+2TH	2	3	jsyj	figs-possession	ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a man who is characterized by lawlessness. By this Paul means that this man will oppose all of God’s commandments and instructions. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless man” or “the man who opposes God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	2	3	tkg9	figs-idiom	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of destruction** is an idiom meaning a person who is destined for destruction. Alternate translation: “the one who will be destroyed” or “the one whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TH	2	3	x6p0	figs-events	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1		God will destroy this person some time after the events of verse 4. If it would be clearer in your language, consider moving this phrase to the end of verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-2TH	2	4	t485	figs-activepassive	πάντα λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα	1	everything being called god or an object of worship	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everything that people consider to be God or everything that people worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	4	t485	figs-activepassive	πάντα λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα	1	everything being called god or an object of worship	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everything that people call God or whatever they worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	4	sk8t	figs-pastforfuture	αὐτὸν…καθίσαι	1		Here, **he sits** is part of a description of the kinds of things that this person does. If it is confusing in your language to use the present tense for this, you could use the future tense, since this will happen in the future. Alternate translation: “he will sit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-2TH	2	4	wj33		ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός	1	showing that he himself is God	Here, **showing that he himself is God** does not mean that this man is God, only that he is displaying himself to the world as though he were God. Alternate translation: “showing himself as God” or “attempting to demonstrate to people that he is God”
-2TH	2	5	rsz1	figs-rquestion	οὐ μνημονεύετε ὅτι, ἔτι ὢν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν	1	Do you not remember … these things?	Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to remind the Thessalonians of his teaching when he was with them previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+2TH	2	4	wj33		ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός	1	showing that he himself is God	Here, **showing that he himself is God** does not mean that this man is God, but only that he is displaying himself to the world as though he were God. Alternate translation: “showing himself as God” or “attempting to demonstrate to people that he is God”
+2TH	2	5	rsz1	figs-rquestion	οὐ μνημονεύετε ὅτι, ἔτι ὢν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν	1	Do you not remember … these things?	Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to remind the Thessalonians of what he taught when he was with them previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2TH	2	5	lkk7	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to the topics that Paul mentioned in verses 3 and 4, including the rebellion against God, the man of lawlessness, and the return of Jesus on the day of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	2	6	hph0		καὶ νῦν τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε	1		There are two possibilities for understanding the function of the word **now** here. (1) It goes with **what is restraining him**. Alternate Translation: “And you know what is restraining him now” or (2) It goes with **you know**. Alternate Translation: “And now you know what is restraining him”
+2TH	2	6	hph0		καὶ νῦν τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε	1		There are two possibilities for understanding the function of the word **now** here. (1) It goes with **what is restraining him**. Alternate translation: “And you know what is restraining him now” or (2) it goes with **you know**. Alternate translation: “And now you know what is restraining him”
 2TH	2	6	ask4	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ	1	he is revealed in his time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proper time, when God will allow him to reveal himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	2	7	faa5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	γὰρ	1		Here, the word translated **For** serves to connect this sentence as a contrast to what Paul has said about **lawlessness**, starting in verse 3. Until here, Paul was talking about lawlessness in the future, but now he wants to clarify that people are already being lawless. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this contrast. Alternate translation: “Now” or “Actually,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-2TH	2	7	si9i	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ…μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας	1	mystery of lawlessness	Here, **lawlessness** is characterized as a **mystery** because we cannot understand why people rebel against God’s wise instructions unless we understand the spiritual forces at work, which Paul explains here. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express them in another way. Alternate translation: “people are already mysteriously rebelling against God” or “Satan is already secretly leading people to reject God’s laws as this man will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	2	7	fcu7		ὁ κατέχων	1	the one who restrains him	To restrain someone is to hold him back or to keep him from doing what he wants to do. Alternate Translation: “the one who has been holding him back”
+2TH	2	7	faa5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	γὰρ	1		Here, the word translated **For** serves to connect this sentence as a contrast to what Paul has said about **lawlessness**, starting in verse 3. Until here, Paul was talking about lawlessness in the future, but now he wants to clarify that people are already being lawless.Use a natural way in your language for introducing this contrast. Alternate translation: “Now” or “Actually,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+2TH	2	7	si9i	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ…μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας	1	mystery of lawlessness	Here, **lawlessness** is characterized as a **mystery** because we cannot understand why people rebel against God’s wise instructions unless we understand the spiritual forces at work, which Paul explains here. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express them in another way. Alternate translation: “people are already mysteriously rebelling against God” or “Satan is already secretly leading people to reject God’s laws, as this man will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	7	fcu7		ὁ κατέχων	1	the one who restrains him	To restrain someone is to hold him back or to keep him from doing what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “the one who has been holding him back”
 2TH	2	7	bijc	writing-pronouns	γένηται	1		Here, **he** refers to the one who is restraining the man of lawlessness. If this is not clear to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who restrains the man of lawlessness moves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	2	7	tt88	writing-pronouns	ἐκ μέσου γένηται	1		Here, Paul speaks figuratively of the person who is restraining the man of lawlessness as though he were standing in front of him and blocking his path. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor or you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he stops restraining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 
+2TH	2	7	tt88	figs-metaphor	ἐκ μέσου γένηται	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the person who is restraining the man of lawlessness as though he were standing in front of him and blocking his path. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor or you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “he stops restraining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	8	hn67	figs-activepassive	καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος	1	and then the lawless one will be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	8	vay9	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	with the breath of his mouth	In this figure of speech, **breath** represents the power of God and **mouth** represents the spoken word of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	2	8	hy3y	figs-parallelism	ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	and will bring to nothing by the appearance of his coming	These two phrases describe the same event. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how much more powerful Jesus is than the man of lawlessness. If it is confusing for your readers to talk about killing someone and then bringing him to nothing, you can reverse the order of the phrases, as in the UST, or you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “will destroy by his glorious appearance and with the breath of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-2TH	2	9	sp9v		οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία, κατ’ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	Here, Paul is using the possessive form to describe **work** that **Satan** does. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan will bring this man and will work through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 
+2TH	2	9	sp9v	figs-possession	οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία, κατ’ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	Here, Paul is using the possessive form to describe **work** that **Satan** does. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan will bring this man and will work through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	2	9	rikg		οὗ	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	Here, **whom** refers back to the man of lawlessness. Alternate translation: “of the man of lawlessness”
-2TH	2	9	bd5m	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	Here, **all** is hyperbole. It can apply to: (1) only **power** with the meaning “much” or “great.” Alternate translation: “with great power to do signs and false wonders” or (2) **power**, **signs**, and **wonders** with the meaning “many kinds of.” Alternate translation: “with many kinds of power, signs, and false wonders” or (3) a combination of the two. Alternate translation: “with much power to do all kinds of signs and false wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TH	2	9	bd5m	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	Here, **all** is hyperbole. It can apply to: (1) only **power**, with the meaning “much” or “great.” Alternate translation: “with great power to do signs and false wonders” or (2) **power**, **signs**, and **wonders**, with the meaning “many kinds of.” Alternate translation: “with many kinds of power, signs, and false wonders” or (3) a combination of the two. Alternate translation: “with much power to do all kinds of signs and false wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	2	9	kcaw	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with very powerful signs and false wonders” or “who made him very powerful to do signs and false wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	2	9	fjfn	figs-doublet	καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	The words **signs** and **wonders** often occur together and mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how amazing they are. If your language does not have two words for this or does not use repetition to do this, you could use one word and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and amazing false miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 
-2TH	2	10	tf75	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	here, **all** is hyperbole and could mean: (1) “a high degree of” or (2) “many kinds of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TH	2	10	ippb	figs-possession	ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **deceit** that results from **unrighteousness**. If the relationship of the words is not clear in your language, you could express it more explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous he will be very deceptive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2TH	2	10	b55e	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας, τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **deceit** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous he will completely deceive those who are perishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	9	fjfn	figs-doublet	καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους	1	with all power, and signs, and false wonders	The words **signs** and **wonders** often occur together and mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how amazing they are. If your language does not have two words for this or does not use repetition to do this, you could use one word and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and amazing false miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2TH	2	10	tf75	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	Here, **all** is hyperbole and could mean: (1) “a high degree of” or (2) “many kinds of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TH	2	10	ippb	figs-possession	ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **deceit** that results from **unrighteousness**. If the relationship of the words is not clear in your language, you could express it more explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous, he will be very deceptive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+2TH	2	10	b55e	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας, τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **deceit** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because he is so unrighteous, he will completely deceive those who are perishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	10	e8hi	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνθ’ ὧν	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	What follows this phrase is the reason that the people are perishing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. You may want to start a new sentence here and end what came before it with a period. Alternate translation: “They are perishing because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TH	2	10	rtua	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἐδέξαντο	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Also, your language might prefer an expression other than **love** for something as impersonal as **truth**. Alternate translation: “they did not want to consider the true message about Jesus to be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	2	10	sl5b	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	This phrase could express: (1) the result of receiving the love of the truth. Alternate translation: “and thus be saved” or (2) the purpose of loving the truth. Alternate translation: “so that they could be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 
-2TH	2	10	xst1	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “for God to save them” or “so that God would save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 
-2TH	2	11	sj1v	translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	because of this	What follows this connector is the result of the action of the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. Use a connector that shows that what the people did in verse 10 is the reason for what follows in this verse. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “because the people did not receive the love of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2TH	2	10	sl5b	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	This phrase could express: (1) the result of receiving the love of the truth. Alternate translation: “and thus be saved” or (2) the purpose of loving the truth. Alternate translation: “so that they could be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2TH	2	10	xst1	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “for God to save them” or “so that God would save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	11	sj1v	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	because of this	What follows this connector is the result of the action of the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. Use a connector that shows that what the people did in verse 10 is the reason for what follows in this verse. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “because the people did not receive the love of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TH	2	11	en8e	figs-metaphor	πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is speaking figuratively of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending** something to them. Alternate translation: “God is allowing them to think wrongly so that they believe the lies of the man of lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	11	u7a0	figs-possession	ἐνέργειαν πλάνης	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **working** that is characterized by **error**. This means something that works to produce error in them. Alternate translation: “the ability to think in a wrong way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2TH	2	11	nass	figs-possession	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God sends the **working of error**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-2TH	2	11	bkpm	writing-pronouns	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **them** refers to the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that these people may believe” or “in order that the people who did not receive the love of the truth may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	2	12	x33k	translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	they might all be judged	This phrase introduces a purpose clause. This follows the purpose clause of verse 11, so you may want to link them together. Alternate translation: “and furthermore, so that” or “and therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+2TH	2	11	nass	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God sends the **working of error**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+2TH	2	11	bkpm	writing-pronouns	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **them** refers to the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that these people may believe” or “in order that the people who did not receive the love of the truth may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2TH	2	12	x33k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	they might all be judged	This phrase introduces a purpose clause. This follows the purpose clause of verse 11, so you may want to link them together. Alternate translation: “and furthermore, so that” or “and therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2TH	2	12	d63e	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσιν πάντες	1	they might all be judged	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “God may judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	2	12	pkw8	writing-pronouns	οἱ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	Here **those** refers back to the people that Paul has described with similar terms in verse 10. These are the same people who “did not receive the love of the truth” and instead accepted the “deceit of unrighteousness.” You may want to start a new sentence here and end what came before with a period. Alternate translation: “Those are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2TH	2	12	pkw8	writing-pronouns	οἱ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	Here, **those** refers back to the people that Paul has described with similar terms in verse 10. These are the same people who “did not receive the love of the truth” and instead accepted the “deceit of unrighteousness.” You may want to start a new sentence here and end what came before with a period. Alternate translation: “Those are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2TH	2	12	m1cl	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “those who have not believed the true message but have enjoyed doing sinful things” or “those people who have rejected the true message about the Lord and instead have chosen to do what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	2	13	w83a			0	General Information:	Paul now changes topics. If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
+2TH	2	13	w83a	checking/headings		0	General Information:	Paul now changes topics. If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section.
 2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize the importance of the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+2TH	2	13	m418	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to three men, Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. Alternate Translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “to be some of the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]
+2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a nonfigurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers were **firstfruits**. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “to be some of the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	If it would be clearer in your language, you can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	14	e0gy	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, the phrase **through our gospel** does not mean that the gospel belongs to Paul and his companions. It refers to the gospel about Jesus that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “through the gospel that we preached to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2TH	2	14	thmh	figs-explicit	εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The phrase “to the acquiring of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” does not mean that we will take over or divide up the glory of Jesus Christ. It means that the believers will share in Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “so that you might share in the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” or “in order that you might receive glory like our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	2	14	thmh	figs-explicit	εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The phrase **to the acquiring of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ** does not mean that we will take over or divide up the glory of Jesus Christ. It means that the believers will share in Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “so that you might share in the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” or “in order that you might receive glory like our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	2	14	pke7	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “so that you might become glorious like our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TH	2	15	holv		ἄρα οὖν	1		The words **So then** connect this verse with verses 13 and 14 as their logical conclusion. Because God did the wonderful things in those verses, the Thessalonians should do what verse 15 says. Use a natural way to introduce a conclusion in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Because God did all of that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2TH	2	15	pa9j		ἀδελφοί	1		Here, **brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	15	u9ss		στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to mean to not change one’s beliefs but, rather, to remain steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “continue to believe the truth” or “do not give up your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	15	holv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα οὖν	1		The words **So then** connect this verse with verses 13 and 14 as their logical conclusion. Because God did the wonderful things in those verses, the Thessalonians should do what verse 15 says. Use a natural way to introduce a conclusion in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Because God did all of that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2TH	2	15	pa9j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Here, **brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+2TH	2	15	u9ss	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to mean to not change one’s beliefs but, rather, to remain steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “continue to believe the truth” or “do not give up your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths about Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them figuratively as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	15	cpdo	figs-doublet	στήκετε καὶ κρατεῖτε	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of doing this. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “keep on firmly believing” or “do not allow anyone to change your mind in any way about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2TH	2	15	whp8	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	you were taught	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	15	z2vs	figs-synecdoche	διὰ λόγου	1	whether by word or by our letter	Here, **by word** is an expression that means that Paul had been present with them and taught them personally. Alternate translation: “by what we said to you in person” or “when we were talking to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2TH	2	15	jrg4	figs-explicit	δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν	1	whether by word or by our letter	You can make clear the implicit information that **by our letter** refers to what Paul taught to the Thessalonians in an earlier letter (probably 1 Thessalonians). Alternate translation: “by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	2	16	g8m1		δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-2TH	2	16	njk1	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν	0	Connecting Statement:	Paul ends this section with a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “Now may our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God our Father” or “We pray that our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-2TH	2	16	yge9	figs-inclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	our Lord … who loved us and gave us	The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, these should be inclusive pronouns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
+2TH	2	16	g8m1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+2TH	2	16	njk1	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	Paul ends this section with a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “Now may our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God our Father” or “We pray that our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+2TH	2	16	yge9	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	our Lord … who loved us and gave us	The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers including the writers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person plural pronouns in your language, these should be inclusive pronouns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2TH	2	16	cm54	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς	1	our Lord Jesus Christ himself	Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ, the very one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 2TH	2	16	h3gk	figs-abstractnouns	δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν, καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **comfort** and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “always comforts us and has given us good things to hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	16	iirq	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν χάριτι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how gracious he is to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	17	x3rr	figs-metonymy	παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι	1	may he comfort and strengthen your hearts	Here, the word **hearts** represents both the emotion and will of a person. If **hearts** does not mean this in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he give comfort and strength to your livers” or “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TH	2	17	yw5f	figs-synecdoche	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ	1	every good work and word	If it would be clearer in your language, you can express the phrase **work and word** in verbs. Alternative translation: “in every good thing that you do and say” or “so that you can do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-2TH	3	intro	b8hk			0		# 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br><br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
-2TH	3	1	k33i			0	General Information:	In verses 1-5 Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions and encourages them. A heading for this section might be, “Pray for Us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
+2TH	2	17	yw5f	figs-synecdoche	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ	1	every good work and word	If it would be clearer in your language, you can express the phrase **work and word** with verbs. Alternative translation: “in every good thing that you do and say” or “so that you can do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+2TH	3	intro	b8hk			0		# 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br><br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+2TH	3	1	k33i	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 1-5, Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions and encourages them. A heading for this section might be, “Pray for Us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	3	1	jy75	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τὸ λοιπὸν	1	Finally	Here, the word **Finally** marks a change in topic. To **pray** is not the final instruction that Paul gives but it is how Paul opens the last section of his letter where he will discuss a few remaining matters. Alternate translation: “One more thing” or “So, continuing on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2TH	3	1	m1s5	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	3	1	v8k2	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		The pronoun **us** refers to Paul and his companions. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2TH	3	1	r54v	figs-metaphor	τρέχῃ	1	so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you	Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. He is comparing the rapid spread of God’s word to a person who takes good news to others. Alternate translation: “might spread rapidly” or “might be heard by many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	1	yvkm	figs-activepassive	καὶ δοξάζηται	1	so that the word of the Lord might run and might be glorified, just as also with you	You can state this in active form, if the passive construction is not natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and that many people would honor it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	3	1	egho	figs-activepassive	καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “just as also happened with you” or “which is exactly what you did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2TH	3	1	egho	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “just as also happened with you” or “which is exactly what you did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	3	2	xg2h	figs-activepassive	ῥυσθῶμεν	1	we might be rescued	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	3	2	h11p	figs-doublet	ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν	1		These two terms mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize the amount of evil. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very wicked men” or “many wicked men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2TH	3	2	p1ct	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις	1	for not everyone has faith	The phrase **not everyone** is a negative understatement that emphasizes how rare faith is. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “for only some people believe in the Lord” or “for people who believe in Jesus are few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 2TH	3	2	appf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	3	3	yx9g	figs-explicit	ὃς στηρίξει	1	who will strengthen	The word **strengthen** here refers to spiritual strength, not physical strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, it can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “who will strengthen you spiritually” or “who will make you inwardly strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	3	p91k		τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	This could mean: (1) the evil being Satan. Alternate translation: “Satan” or (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil”
-2TH	3	4	xk85	figs-nominaladj	πεποίθαμεν δὲ	1	we are confident	The phrase **We are also confident** may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “we also have faith” or “we also trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+2TH	3	4	xk85	figs-nominaladj	πεποίθαμεν δὲ	1	we are confident	The phrase **We are also confident** may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “We also have faith” or “We also trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 2TH	3	4	w79e	figs-metaphor	πεποίθαμεν δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1		This could mean: (1) Paul has confidence in the Thessalonian believers because of the close relationship that they have with the Lord Jesus. In this case, Paul is speaking figuratively of this relationship as if they were inside the Lord Jesus. Alternative translation: “Because you are united to the Lord, we are also confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) Paul has confidence in the Lord Jesus, that he will cause them to do what is right. Alternative translation: “Because we trust in the Lord Jesus to enable you, we are also confident”
 2TH	3	5	giz4	figs-metonymy	ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	may the Lord direct your hearts	Here, **hearts** stands for a person’s thoughts or mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand the love of God and the endurance of Christ” or “may the Lord help you to know the love of God and the endurance of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TH	3	5	wre3	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ	Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. If your readers would not understand this figure of speech, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and the endurance that Christ supplies you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	3	5	wre3	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ	Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. If your readers would not understand this figure of speech, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and the endurance that Christ supplies you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	5	dzbn	figs-possession	εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **love of God** can mean (1) the love that comes from God. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you” or (2) the love that people give to God. Alternate translation: “to love God more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	3	5	ia7x	figs-possession	εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **endurance of Christ** can mean (1) the endurance that Christ gives to his people. Alternate translation: “to experience the endurance that Christ gives you” or (2) the endurance that Christ had through his suffering. Alternate translation: “to know how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	3	6	mst3	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 6-15, Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. A heading for this section might be, “Believers Must Work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	3	6	v33v	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-2TH	3	6	x9l8	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί … ἀδελφοῦ	1	brothers	Here, the words **brothers** and **brother** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters…brother or sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+2TH	3	6	x9l8	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ	1	brothers	Here, the words **brothers** and **brother** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters … brother or sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	3	6	y4a9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** figuratively stands for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you can express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TH	3	6	jvw1	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	of our Lord	Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2TH	3	6	x2r8	figs-metaphor	ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of people who are not living well as if they walk in a haphazard manner. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who is living in a bad way” or “who is not living correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	3	6	jvw1	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	of our Lord	Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+2TH	3	6	x2r8	figs-metaphor	ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of people who are not living well as if they walk in a haphazard manner. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “who is living in a bad way” or “who is not living correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	6	se1g		τὴν παράδοσιν	1		Here, **the traditions** refers to the teachings that the apostles received from Jesus and are passing along to all believers. Alternate translation: “the teachings” or “the instructions”
-2TH	3	7	h222	figs-explicit	μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	to imitate us	**to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	3	7	b1i1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	we did not behave disorderly among you	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or ”we worked diligently when we were with you“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+2TH	3	7	h222	figs-explicit	μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	to imitate us	The phrase **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH	3	7	b1i1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	we did not behave disorderly among you	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or “we worked diligently when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2TH	3	8	ruh3	translate-unknown	ἄρτον	1		Paul refers to **bread** here because it was the most common and basic food for them. If your readers would not be familiar with **bread** or if that is a kind of food that would be considered unusual or extravagant, you could use a general expression for ordinary food. Alternate translation: “food” or “anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-2TH	3	8	d9h1	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1	working night and day	Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” If your readers would misunderstand this to mean that they worked without taking any rest, then you can make it clear. Alternate translation: “working throughout that time” or “we worked continuously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-2TH	3	8	w8fq	figs-doublet	ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ	1	in toil and hardship	Here, **toil** and **hardship** have very similar meanings. Paul used this repetition to emphasize that they worked very hard. If you do not have two similar words that you can use here, or if it would be unnatural for you to use such repetition, you can emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “with great effort” or “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+2TH	3	8	d9h1	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1	working night and day	Here, **night and day** form a merism, which means “all the time.” If your readers would misunderstand this to mean that they worked without taking any rest whatsoever, then you can make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “working throughout that time with little rest” or “we worked almost continuously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+2TH	3	8	w8fq	figs-doublet	ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ	1	in toil and hardship	Here, **toil** and **hardship** have very similar meanings. Paul used this repetition to emphasize that they worked very hard. If you do not have two similar words that you can use here or if it would be unnatural for you to use such repetition, you can emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “with great effort” or “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2TH	3	9	sn3k	figs-doublenegatives	οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’	1	not because we do not have authority, but	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2TH	3	9	lrjr	figs-abstractnouns	ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **example**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we might show you the right way in order for you” or “we might demonstrate the way to live for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	3	9	z0up		μιμεῖσθαι	1		See how you translated **imitate** in verse 7.
 2TH	3	10	c652	figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω	1	If anyone is not willing to work, do not even let him eat	You can state this in positive form, if this form is difficult to understand in your language. Alternate translation: “If a person wants to eat, he must work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2TH	3	11	ey6c	figs-metaphor	τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως	1	some who are walking idly	Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. you can use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, if it is available. Otherwise, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “some who are living idle lives” or “some who are being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TH	3	11	iv1z		ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους	1	but meddling	Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help.
+2TH	3	11	ey6c	figs-metaphor	τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως	1	some who are walking idly	Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. you can use an equivalent metaphor from your culture, if it is available. Otherwise, you can express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “some who are living idle lives” or “some who are being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	3	11	iv1z	translate-unknown	ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους	1	but meddling	Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TH	3	12	bm6z	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ ἡσυχίας	1	with quietness	Here, **with quietness** is the opposite of meddling. Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **quietness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a quiet and peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	3	13	jx8t	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δέ	1	But	Paul here uses the word **But** to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Concerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-2TH	3	13	e59v	figs-youplural	ὑμεῖς	1	you	The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers. So, it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+2TH	3	13	e59v	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers, so it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2TH	3	13	usu9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	3	14	mzs4	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν	1	if anyone does not obey our word	Paul is figuratively referring to his command to the Thessalonian believers as a **word**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	3	14	nv3v	figs-idiom	τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε	1	note this one	Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “point out that person” or “make sure everyone knows who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TH	3	14	y552	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐντραπῇ	1	so that he may be put to shame	Paul instructs believers to avoid lazy believers as a disciplinary action. If necessary, you can make this explicit to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “in order that he will know that his laziness is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	15	idj6	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφόν	1		Although the term **brother** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	3	16	nef4	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 16-18, Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica. A heading for this section might be, “Closing Remarks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
-2TH	3	16	z1zs	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	0		The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-2TH	3	16	whb9	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν	1	may the Lord of peace himself give you	Paul ends the letter with blessings that are also prayers.Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord of peace himself may give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+2TH	3	16	z1zs	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+2TH	3	16	whb9	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν	1	may the Lord of peace himself give you	Paul ends the letter with blessings that are also prayers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord of peace himself may give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 2TH	3	16	zl1s	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης	1	the Lord of peace himself	Here, **himself** emphasizes that the Lord is the source of peace and that he will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 2TH	3	17	c2cb		ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω	1	This greeting is in my own hand—Paul—which is a sign in every letter. In this manner I write	Alternate translation: “I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me because this is how I write”
-2TH	3	17	e3sa		τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1		Here, the phrase **in my own hand** is an idiom meaning “in my own handwriting.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am writing myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2TH	3	17	e3sa	figs-idiom	τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ	1		Here, the phrase **in my own hand** is an idiom meaning “in my own handwriting.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I myself am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TH	3	17	wg3f	figs-explicit	οὕτως γράφω	1	In this manner I write	Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You can know that the letter is from me because this is how I write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TH	3	18	h18b	translate-blessing		1		Paul ends the letter with one more blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ will be with you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+2TH	3	18	h18b	translate-blessing	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν	1		Paul ends the letter with one more blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ will be with you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])

en_tn_55-1TI.tsv

@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	2	7	yllf		ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying	In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can express this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
 1TI	2	7	h18q		διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	a teacher of the nations in faith and truth	Here, **faith and truth** could mean: (1) the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
 1TI	2	7	t201	figs-hendiadys	διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	a teacher of the nations in faith and truth	If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TI	2	7	t202		ἐθνῶν	1	the nations	This term **the nations** refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “of the Gentiles” or “of non-Jewish people groups”
+1TI	2	7	t202	translate-names	ἐθνῶν	1	the Gentiles	This word **Gentiles** is the name for people groups that are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “of non-Jewish people groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1TI	2	8	a841	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ	1	the men in every place	Here the word **men** refers specifically to males. The term is not generic, since Paul addresses women next. Alternate translations: “the males in all places” or “men everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	2	8	unw6	translate-symaction	ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας	1	to pray, lifting up holy hands	It was the customary posture in this culture for people to raise their **hands** while praying. You could translate this in a way that would make that clear. Alternate translation: “reverently lifting up their hands in the customary way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 1TI	2	8	yzg3	figs-synecdoche	προσεύχεσθαι…ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας	1	to pray, lifting up holy hands	Paul describes one part of the person, the **hands**, as holy to indicate that the entire person is to be holy. Alternate translation: “lifting up their hands to pray in holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -208,7 +208,6 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	3	m1d6	figs-explicit	ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων	1	to abstain from foods	The implication of this phrase is that these false teachers will forbid only certain **foods** and that they will impose this restriction on believers. Alternate translation: “they will forbid believers to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	3	t293	figs-doublet	τοῖς πιστοῖς καὶ ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	the faithful and the ones knowing the truth	These two expressions mean the same thing. Paul uses them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “by the genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	4	3	t294	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πιστοῖς	1	the faithful	Paul is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “by people who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TI	4	3	t295	figs-nominaladj	ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	the ones knowing the truth	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who understand the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	4	4	pppf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The word **For** communicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul just said. Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “that is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TI	4	4	dv4s	figs-distinguish	πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ καλόν	1	every creature of God is good	If your readers would misunderstand the phrase**every creation**, you could express the idea behind the expression **creation of God** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “everything that God created is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TI	4	4	a15j	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον	1	nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -274,7 +273,6 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	5	u1lj	figs-ellipsis	προσμένει ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	continues in requests and prayers	Paul leaves a verb unexpressed here that your language might need to express. Alternate translations: “continues in making requests and prayers” or “continues to make requests and to offer prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	5	5	rwp4	figs-hendiadys	ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	in requests and prayers	The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
 1TI	5	5	rb9f	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας	1	night and day	The words **night** and **day** are used together to mean that she prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that she prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-1TI	5	6	t353	figs-nominaladj	ἡ…σπαταλῶσα	1	the one cavorting	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to describe a certain kind of widow. It does not refer to a specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any widow who lives wantonly and extravagantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	6	qy5h	figs-metaphor	ζῶσα τέθνηκεν	1	living, has died	Paul speaks figuratively about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	7	qw6m		καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν	1	Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable	This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
 1TI	5	8	p7h2	figs-idiom	τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ	1	someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members	Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -302,14 +300,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	13	cym5		φλύαροι	1	babblers	Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense”
 1TI	5	14	u94k		τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ	1	the one opposing	This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
 1TI	5	15	fy54	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	having … turned aside after Satan	Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	5	16	g8k5	figs-nominaladj	τις πιστὴ	1	any believing woman	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **believing woman**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	16	mf4s	figs-explicit	ἔχει χήρας	1	has widows	The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	16	y6hf	figs-metaphor	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	Paul speaks figuratively of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	16	t384	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	16	d35m		ὄντως χήραις	1	genuine widows	Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
 1TI	5	17	u93q	figs-activepassive	οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν	1	The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy	If your readers would misunderstand the passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	17	wp9d	figs-abstractnouns	διπλῆς τιμῆς	1	of double honor	Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	5	17	r8ew	figs-nominaladj	οἱ κοπιῶντες	1	the ones toiling	Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **toiling**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	17	t389	figs-hendiadys	ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	in the word and in teaching	This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TI	5	17	t390	figs-metonymy	λόγῳ	1	the word	Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	5	18	kh55	figs-personification	λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή	1	For the Scripture says	Paul figuratively describes Scripture as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -321,7 +317,6 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	19	af68	grammar-connect-exceptions	κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ	1	do not receive an accusation, except if	If, in your language, it would appear that Paul was making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this statement to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only believe that an accusation is true if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 1TI	5	19	t399	figs-ellipsis	ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων	1	on two or three witnesses	Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	5	19	kmy5		δύο ἢ τριῶν	1	two or three	Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
-1TI	5	20	m4uh	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας	1	the ones sinning	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. This could refer to: (1) any believers who are sinning. Alternate translation: “believers who are sinning” (2) elders. Alternate translation: “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	20	db63	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον…πάντων	1	before all	Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	20	ql4m	figs-explicit	ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	so that the rest also may have fear	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	20	t404	figs-idiom	φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	may have fear	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -378,7 +373,6 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	8	lbk5	figs-declarative	ἀρκεσθησόμεθα	1	we will be satisfied	Here Paul uses a statement in order to express a moral imperative. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1TI	6	8	t451	figs-activepassive	ἀρκεσθησόμεθα	1	we will be satisfied	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	9	ij4j	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Now	Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that he is returning to the topic of those who think being godly will make them wealthy. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TI	6	9	t453	figs-nominaladj	οἱ…βουλόμενοι	1	the ones wanting	Paul is using this participle, which functions as adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	6	9	pl5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα	1	fall into temptation and a trap	Paul speaks figuratively about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	9	gfy7	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς	1	and many foolish and harmful desires	This phrase continues the figure of speech from the previous phrase. Paul speaks about these desires if they too were a hole that a hunter was using as a trap. Alternate translation: “and will experience destructive impulses than they cannot overcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	9	t456	figs-hendiadys	ἐπιθυμίας…ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς	1	foolish and harmful desires	Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **foolish** tells why these desires are **harmful**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “destructive impulses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -411,7 +405,6 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	15	t482	figs-idiom	καιροῖς ἰδίοις	1	in its own times	See how you translated this expression in [2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “at the time that God will choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	6	15	ac6y	figs-explicit	ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης	1	the blessed and only Sovereign	This expression refers implicitly to God. Alternate translation: “God, the One we praise, who alone rules over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	16	l9i8		ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν	1	the One having immortality alone	Alternate translation: “the only one who has always existed”
-1TI	6	16	t485	figs-nominaladj	ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν	1	the One having immortality alone	Paul is using the participle **having**, which functions as adjective, as a noun, to refer to God as a member, though the only member, of a class that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the only One who has always existed and always will exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	6	16	tsz3		φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον	1	occupying unapproachable ligh	Alternate translation: “who lives in light so bright that no one can come near it”
 1TI	6	16	t487	figs-gendernotations	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων	1	none of men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	17	te3z	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πλουσίοις	1	the rich	Paul is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])

en_tn_56-2TI.tsv

@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	15	w9l5	figs-personification	τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι	1	which are able to make you wise	Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were a teacher who could instruct people and help them become wise. It may be convenient in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By studying them you can become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2TI	3	15	p098	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	for salvation through the faith that is in Christ Jesus	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “so that you will know enough to trust Christ Jesus to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	3	16	s274	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ	1	All Scripture is God-breathed	The term **God-breathed** uses the image of breathing to indicate that the Scriptures come directly from God through his Spirit. Characteristically in the Bible, the breath of God represents the Spirit of God. Alternate translation: “God produced all Scripture as his Spirit directed people what to write, and it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	3	16	hvr1		πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος	1	All Scripture is God-breathed	By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate Translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
+2TI	3	16	hvr1		πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος	1	All Scripture is God-breathed	By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
 2TI	3	16	uv35		ὠφέλιμος	1	is profitable	Paul refers to the Scripture as **profitable** to convey the idea that Timothy and all believers will benefit when they use the Scripture to teach, reprove, correct, and train. Alternate translation: “you will benefit from it as you use it” or “it benefits everyone when we use it”
 2TI	3	16	vl2n	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἐλεγμόν	1	for reproof	Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for knowing what is right and wrong and showing people that they are wrong. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **reproof**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people that they are wrong” or “for helping us to know when we are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	3	16	e5h9	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν	1	for correction	Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for showing people how to make something right. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **correction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people how to make things right” or “for showing us how to fix errors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

en_tn_57-TIT.tsv

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 TIT	front	intro	m2jl			0		# Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1-16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1-3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12-15)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
 TIT	1	intro	c7me			0		# Titus 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
-TIT	1	1	rtc9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ πίστιν	1	for the faith	**Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate Translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+TIT	1	1	rtc9	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ πίστιν	1	for the faith	**Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	1	1	xyz8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσιν	1	the knowledge	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	1	1	abc8	figs-abstractnouns	ἀληθείας	1	of the truth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-TIT	1	1	fyf8	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν	1	that agrees with godliness	Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+TIT	1	1	fyf8	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν	1	that agrees with godliness	Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 TIT	1	2	xyz9		ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου	1	with the certain hope of everlasting life	Alternate translation: “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
 TIT	1	2	r2gj		πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων	1	before all the ages of time	Alternate translation: “before time began”
 TIT	1	3	b22h		καιροῖς ἰδίοις	1	at the right time	Alternate translation: “at the proper time”

en_tn_60-JAS.tsv

@@ -348,7 +348,6 @@ JAS	3	4	j184	figs-activepassive	μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου
 JAS	3	4	j185		μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	it is turned by the smallest rudder	Since James speaks of **ships** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural in this clause as well. Alternate translation: “they are turned by the smallest rudders” or “the smallest rudders turn them”
 JAS	3	4	j186		ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	the smallest rudder	James says **smallest**, using the superlative form of the adjective “small,” to express a meaning of the adjective in its positive form. Your language may use superlative forms in the same way. If not, you can translate this using the positive form. Alternate translation: “a very small rudder”
 JAS	3	4	j187	figs-personification	ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται	1	where the inclination of the one steering desires	James speaks of the **inclination** of the person steering a boat as if it were a living thing that desired to go in one direction or another. Alternate translation: “in whatever direction the one steering the boat wants it to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JAS	3	4	j188	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ εὐθύνοντος	1	of the one steering	James is using the participle **steering**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to indicate a particular crew member of a ship. Your language may have a particular term for this crew member. Alternate translation: “of the helmsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	3	5	wt6i	figs-simile	οὕτως καὶ	1	Thus also	James uses the words **thus also** to introduce a simile or comparison between the human tongue and the small items he discussed in the previous two verses, a horse’s bit and a ship’s rudder. Alternate translation: “In the same way” or “Likewise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JAS	3	5	j189		μικρὸν μέλος	1	a small member	Alternate translation: “a part of the body”
 JAS	3	5	j190	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	2	but	Here, **but** introduces a contrast between the small size of the tongue and the great things that people use their tongues in speech to boast about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -363,7 +362,6 @@ JAS	3	6	i61e	figs-idiom	ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας	1	a world of un
 JAS	3	6	j194	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἀδικίας	1	of unrighteousness	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. In this context, the term refers to wrong things that people say. Alternate translation: “of sinful sayings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	3	6	j195	figs-activepassive	καθίσταται ἐν	1	is placed among	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “is in the middle of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	6	j196		τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν	1	our members	Alternate translation: “the other parts of our body”
-JAS	3	6	j197	figs-nominaladj	ἡ σπιλοῦσα	1	the thing staining	James is using the participle **staining**, which functions as an adjective, with the definite article as a noun. (ULT indicates this by adding **thing**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Some languages may be able to use the participle by itself. Alternate translation: “staining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	3	6	sv44	figs-metaphor	σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα	1	staining the whole body	James speaks figuratively of the effects of speech as if a person’s tongue were **staining** his **body**. Alternate translation: “making the whole body impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	6	j198	figs-metaphor	σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα	1	staining the whole body	James is figuratively using the **body** to represent the entire person, since he is saying in this verse that bad speech has morally corrupting effects. Alternate translation: “making the whole person morally corrupt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	6	j199	figs-idiom	φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως	1	setting the course of existence on fire	The **course of existence** is an idiom that could refer to: (1) a person’s entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a person’s entire life on fire” (2) succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

en_tn_61-1PE.tsv

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	25	jkfu	figs-activepassive	ἐπεστράφητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	25	i5lu	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1	the shepherd and guardian of your souls	Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	25	z6q2	figs-synecdoche	τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	3	intro	cqf4			0		# 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. <br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
+1PE	3	intro	cqf4			0		# 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.<br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
 1PE	3	1	p454			0	General Information:	In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives.
 1PE	3	1	wp5p	figs-metonymy	τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ	1	some are disobedient to the word	Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	1	kbis	figs-activepassive	κερδηθήσονται	1	they will be won	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

en_tn_62-2PE.tsv

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	1	x2bn	figs-abstractnouns	αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας,	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” or “heresies that destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	1	jif2	figs-possession	αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	1	wnuv		αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
-2PE	2	1	xscu	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master	Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate Translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	1	xscu	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master	Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	1	g99z	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master who bought them	Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	1	xaan	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	1	xk1x		ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”

en_tn_67-REV.tsv

@@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ REV	1	1	x8bu		ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει	1	what must soon tak
 REV	1	1	kez4	writing-pronouns	ἐσήμανεν	1	made it known	The pronoun **he** here refers to **Jesus Christ**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus communicated it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 REV	1	1	hz2w	translate-names	Ἰωάννῃ	1		**John** is the name of a man who was Jesus’ disciple and one of the original twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	1	1	pb4u	figs-123person	τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ	1	to his servant John	The Apostle **John** is referring to himself in the third person here. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-REV	1	2	tgts	writing-pronoun	ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1		The subject of this sentence is the author John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]])
+REV	1	2	tgts	writing-pronouns	ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1		The subject of this sentence is the author John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 REV	1	2	va4c	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Here, John uses **word** figuratively to refer to the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	1	2	wb7z	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what Jesus Christ testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 REV	1	2	b5se	figs-possession	τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the testimony of Jesus Christ	John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus Christ** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God and then given in prophecy by the book’s author, John. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus Christ has given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-REV	1	3	le65	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων	1	the one who reads aloud	Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+REV	1	3	le65	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων	1	the one who reads aloud	Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads**the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 REV	1	3	t0q3		τῆς προφητείας	1		Here, **this prophecy** refers to this whole book that John is writing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of this book of prophecy”
 REV	1	3	h37b	figs-activepassive	τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα	1	obey what is written in it	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 REV	1	3	dod2	figs-idiom	τηροῦντες 	1		Here, the word **keep** means "to pay attention to" or "to heed" or "to obey". There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word **keep** as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. See the chapter one introduction as well for the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who take to heart" or "who continually considers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ REV	1	5	ttqn		τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς	1		The second half of this ver
 REV	1	5	u6v7	figs-metaphor	λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν	1	has released us	Here John uses **released** figuratively of forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	1	5	jpnq	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν	1		John uses **sins** figuratively to refer to the punishment for **sins**. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has released us from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	1	5	q64f	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-REV	1	6	jszo	writing-pronoun	καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς	1		The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus Christ. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]])
+REV	1	6	jszo	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς	1		The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus Christ. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 REV	1	6	nhfb	figs-metaphor	βασιλείαν	1		Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king in a kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of kingdom explicitly. Alternate translation: “the citizens that God rules over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	1	6	iq7j	figs-metaphor	ἱερεῖς	1		Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. Alternate translation: “people that offer sacrifices” or “people that serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-REV	1	6	nesy	writing-pronoun	βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+REV	1	6	nesy	figs-abstractnouns	βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 REV	1	6	ne7x	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ	1	his God and Father	Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-REV	1	6	qd74	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	to him be the glory and the power	This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: “May all honor Jesus with glory and power.” (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: ‘May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+REV	1	6	qd74	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	to him be the glory and the power	This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his**glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: “May all honor Jesus with glory and power.” (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: ‘May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 REV	1	6	vc5g		τὸ κράτος	1	the power	Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christ’s authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	1	7	ldv8	figs-quotemarks	ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς	1	General Information:	The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 REV	1	7	mx1c	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-REV	1	7	bbqj	writing-pronoun	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν	1		The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]])
+REV	1	7	bbqj	writing-pronouns	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν	1		The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 REV	1	7	k0qo		ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν	1		Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds”
 REV	1	7	hb4i	figs-synecdoche	πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς	1	every eye	Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 REV	1	7	ndf6	figs-metonymy	καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν	1	pierced him	Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ REV	2	5	sfw2	figs-metaphor	πόθεν πέπτωκας	1	from where you have fal
 REV	2	5	cd8v	figs-metonymy	καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον	1		Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	2	5	hlyf	figs-metaphor	ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς	1		Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	2	5	j8p5	writing-symlanguage	ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς	1	remove your lampstand	The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-REV	2	6	g8gn	figs-metaphor 	ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις	1		**But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+REV	2	6	g8gn	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις	1		**But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	2	6	cvi5	translate-names	τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν	1	Nicolaitans	The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	2	7	s3qg	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one who has an ear, hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	2	7	tidg	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1		Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ REV	2	7	zln0	figs-idiom	τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		Here, **the Spirit** most likely
 REV	2	7	wzg1	figs-metaphor	τῷ νικῶντι	1	the one who conquers	The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	2	7	t84w	figs-genericnoun	τῷ νικῶντι	1		The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 REV	2	7	ng2d	figs-possession	ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς	1		John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-REV	2	7	rmf5	figs-transliterate	τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the paradise of God	Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]])
+REV	2	7	rmf5	translate-transliterate	τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the paradise of God	Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 REV	2	8	is3w	translate-names	καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον	1	General Information:	This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 REV	2	8	ie9x	figs-explicit	τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	the angel	See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 REV	2	8	nvn1	writing-quotations	τάδε λέγει	1		See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ REV	2	9	hv3o	figs-possession	συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1		Here, **
 REV	2	10	a9ue	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 REV	2	10	agx4	figs-idiom	μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν, ἵνα πειρασθῆτε	1	The devil is about to throw some of you into prison	Here, **to throw** is a idiomatic expression for putting someone into prison or jail. The enemies of the Christians will test them, not God himself. Translators should avoid making the impression to their readers that God is in league with Satan as an author of evil or temptation. Alternate translation: “the devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 REV	2	10	tlvz	figs-youcrowd	ἐξ ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated the second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
-REV	2	10	snk8	figs-metaphor 	ἡμερῶν δέκα	1		Here, **ten days** is probably metaphorical for a short time or limited amount of time for testing. Daniel 1:14 is most likely the source of the expression for a short time of testing. The translator should not avoid, however, rendering the time as a literal length of time of ten days, in contrast to some unspecified amount of time in a metaphorical expression. Alternate translation: “for a short time of testing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-REV	2	10	f5t1	figs-metaphor 	γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου	1	Be faithful until death	The use of the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death. Rather, the idea is to be faithful even to the point of death. Alternate translation: “Be faithful to me even if they kill you”
+REV	2	10	snk8	figs-metaphor	ἡμερῶν δέκα	1		Here, **ten days** is probably metaphorical for a short time or limited amount of time for testing. Daniel 1:14 is most likely the source of the expression for a short time of testing. The translator should not avoid, however, rendering the time as a literal length of time of ten days, in contrast to some unspecified amount of time in a metaphorical expression. Alternate translation: “for a short time of testing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+REV	2	10	f5t1	figs-metaphor	γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου	1	Be faithful until death	The use of the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death. Rather, the idea is to be faithful even to the point of death. Alternate translation: “Be faithful to me even if they kill you”
 REV	2	10	zhj8	figs-possession	τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	the crown of life	Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 REV	2	11	g7zq	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one who has an ear, hear	See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 REV	2	11	dc3n	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Let the one … hear	See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

manifest.yaml

@@ -369,21 +369,21 @@ dublin_core:
   description: "Open-licensed exegetical notes that provide historical, cultural, and linguistic information for translators. It provides translators and checkers with pertinent, just-in-time information to help them make the best possible translation decisions."
   format: 'text/tsv'
   identifier: 'tn'
-  issued: '2022-07-11'
+  issued: '2022-08-18'
   language:
     direction: 'ltr'
     identifier: 'en'
     title: 'English'
-  modified: '2022-07-11'
+  modified: '2022-08-18'
   publisher: 'unfoldingWord'
   relation:
-  - 'en/ult?v=37'
-  - 'en/ust?v=36'
-  - 'hbo/uhb?v=2.1.26'
-  - 'el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.26'
-  - 'en/ta?v=29'
-  - 'en/tq?v=34'
-  - 'en/tw?v=32'
+  - 'en/ult?v=40'
+  - 'en/ust?v=39'
+  - 'hbo/uhb?v=2.1.29'
+  - 'el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.29'
+  - 'en/ta?v=32'
+  - 'en/tq?v=37'
+  - 'en/tw?v=35'
   rights: 'CC BY-SA 4.0'
   source:
   - identifier: 'tn'
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ dublin_core:
   subject: 'TSV Translation Notes'
   title: 'unfoldingWord® Translation Notes'
   type: 'help'
-  version: '63'
+  version: '65'
 checking:
   checking_entity:
   - 'unfoldingWord'